You are on page 1of 253

NPT-1030

Version 4.0

Installation and Maintenance Manual


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual
V4.0
Catalog No: X91629
Drawing No: 426006-2349-013-A00
March 2015
1st Edition

ECI's NPT-1200, NPT-1020, and NPT-1010 are CE2.0 certified.

ECI's NPT-1600 complies with the MEF9 and MEF14 standards.

ECI's qualification lab is accredited by A2LA for competence in electrical testing according to
the International Standard ISO IEC 17025-2005 General Requirements for the Competence of
Testing and Calibration Laboratories.

ECI's management applications run on VMWare virtualization hypervisors.

© Copyright by ECI, 2012-2015. All rights reserved worldwide.


This is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and ECI Ltd. (“ECI”). BY OPENING THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE, YOU ARE
AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, PROMPTLY RETURN
THE UNOPENED DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE AND THE ACCOMPANYING ITEMS (INCLUDING WRITTEN MATERIALS AND BINDERS OR
OTHER CONTAINERS), TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH YOU OBTAINED THEM.
All documentation and /or disk and all information and/or data contained in the documentation and/or disk ["ECI's Proprietary"] is ECI's proprietary
and is subject to all copyright, patent, and other laws protecting intellectual property, and any international treaty provisions, as well as any specific
agreement protecting ECI's rights in the aforesaid information. Any use of ECI's Proprietary for any purposes [included but not limited: published,
reproduced, or disclosed to third parties, in whole or in part] other than those for which it was disclosed, without the express prior written
permission of ECI, is strictly forbidden.
ECI's Proprietary is provided "AS IS" and may contain flaws, omissions, or typesetting errors. No responsibility and or liability whatsoever are
assumed by ECI for you or any other party, for the use thereof, nor for the rights of third parties, nor for any loss or damage whatsoever or
howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with ECI's Proprietary, which may be affected in any way by the use and/or
dissemination thereof. ECI reserves the right, without prior notice or liability, to make changes in equipment design or specifications including any
change in and to the ECI's Proprietary.
Any representation(s) in ECI's Proprietary concerning performance of ECI's product(s) are for informational purposes only and are not warranties of
product performance or otherwise, either express or implied. No warranty is granted nor liability assumed in relation thereto, unless specifically
undertaken in ECI's sales contract or order confirmation. ECI's Proprietary is periodically updated, and changes will be incorporated in subsequent
editions. All graphics included in this document are for illustrative purposes only and might not correspond with your specific product version.
The documentation and/or disk and all information contained therein is owned by ECI and is protected by all relevant copyright, patent, and other
applicable laws and international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must treat the information contained in the documentation and disk as any
other copyrighted material (for example, a book or musical recording).
Other Restrictions. You may not rent, lease, sell, or otherwise dispose of ECI's Proprietary, as applicable.
YOU MAY NOT USE, COPY, MODIFY, OR TRANSFER THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK OR ANY COPY IN WHOLE OR PART, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY
PROVIDED IN THIS LICENSE. ALL RIGHTS NOT EXPRESSLY GRANTED ARE RESERVED BY ECI.
All trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective holders.
Notwithstanding the generality of the aforementioned, you expressly waive any claim and/or demand regarding liability for indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential loss or damage which may arise in respect of ECI's Proprietary contained therein, howsoever caused, even if advised of
the possibility of such damages.
The end user hereby undertakes and acknowledges that they read the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions (when provided by ECI) and
that such instructions were understood by them. ECI shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage whatsoever or
howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with you fulfilling and/or failure to fulfill in whole or in part the "Before You
Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions.
Contents
1 About This Manual ...................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Intended Audience................................................................................................................. 1-1
1.3 Document Organization ......................................................................................................... 1-1
1.4 Notes and Warnings............................................................................................................... 1-1
1.5 Related Documentation ......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.6 How to Obtain ECI Technical Documentation ....................................................................... 1-2
1.7 Technical Assistance .............................................................................................................. 1-2

2 Introduction ................................................................................................ 2-1


2.1 NPT-1030 Platform Overview ................................................................................................ 2-1

3 Before You Start .......................................................................................... 3-1


3.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.1 Outline of the Installation Procedure ...................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 Site Preparation ..................................................................................................................... 3-3
3.2.1 Environmental Requirements ................................................................................................. 3-3
3.2.2 Physical Location ..................................................................................................................... 3-3
3.2.3 Power Sources ......................................................................................................................... 3-4
3.2.4 Tools and Test Equipment ....................................................................................................... 3-4
3.2.5 Cleaning Optical Connectors ................................................................................................... 3-5
3.3 Installing the NPT-1030 in Racks ............................................................................................ 3-5
3.3.1 Installation Plan ....................................................................................................................... 3-5
3.3.2 Typical NPT-1030 Installation .................................................................................................. 3-5
3.3.3 Integrating NPT-1030 Platforms and Other Equipment in One Rack ...................................... 3-6
3.4 Preparing Cables and Fibers .................................................................................................. 3-7
3.4.1 Grounding Cables .................................................................................................................... 3-8
3.4.2 DC Power Cables ..................................................................................................................... 3-8
3.4.3 Alarm Cables ........................................................................................................................... 3-9
3.4.4 Management Cables ............................................................................................................. 3-10
3.4.5 Timing (Clock) Cables ............................................................................................................ 3-10
3.4.6 Electric Traffic Cables ............................................................................................................ 3-10
3.4.7 Optical Fibers......................................................................................................................... 3-12
3.5 Work and Equipment Safety ................................................................................................ 3-13
3.5.1 Grounding Requirements ...................................................................................................... 3-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary iii


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Contents

3.5.2 DC Power Supply Requirements ........................................................................................... 3-14


3.5.3 AC Power Supply Requirements ............................................................................................ 3-15
3.5.4 Laser Safety Requirements.................................................................................................... 3-15
3.6 Protection against Electrostatic Discharge .......................................................................... 3-18
3.6.1 Personnel Training ................................................................................................................ 3-19
3.6.2 Use of a Temporary EPA ........................................................................................................ 3-19
3.6.3 Work Arrangements within a Temporary EPA ...................................................................... 3-20
3.7 Environmental and Health Concerns ................................................................................... 3-20

4 Installing Equipment ................................................................................... 4-1


4.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................ 4-1
4.2 Preliminary Preparations ....................................................................................................... 4-1
4.3 Installation Sequence............................................................................................................. 4-1
4.4 Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection ........................................................................ 4-3
4.5 Installation Options................................................................................................................ 4-4
4.6 Installing Ancillary Units in Racks........................................................................................... 4-7
4.6.1 Installing the RAP-BG .............................................................................................................. 4-7
4.6.2 Installing the RAP-4B ............................................................................................................. 4-13
4.6.3 Installing the FST ................................................................................................................... 4-19
4.6.4 Installing the ODF .................................................................................................................. 4-21
4.6.5 Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel ....................................................................................... 4-23
4.6.6 Installing the PIM2_63 Cable Guide and Holder ................................................................... 4-24
4.6.7 Installing the ICP_MCP30 ...................................................................................................... 4-24
4.6.8 Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs............................................................................................ 4-25
4.6.9 Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT ............................................................................................... 4-25
4.7 Installing the NPT-1030 Platform in the Rack ...................................................................... 4-26
4.7.1 Installing the Rail Stiffeners ................................................................................................... 4-27
4.7.2 Attaching the NPT-1030 Platform in the Rack....................................................................... 4-28
4.7.3 Grounding the NPT-1030 Platform........................................................................................ 4-29
4.7.4 Identifying Slots in the NPT-1030 .......................................................................................... 4-29
4.7.5 Installing a Power Module in the NPT-1030 .......................................................................... 4-31
4.7.6 Installing an FCU_1030 in the NPT-1030 ............................................................................... 4-32
4.7.7 Installing an MCP30B/D Module ........................................................................................... 4-32
4.7.8 Connecting Power and Alarm Cables to a DC Power Source ................................................ 4-34
4.7.9 Installing XIO30 Modules in the NPT-1030............................................................................ 4-35
4.7.10 Installing Tslot Modules in the NPT-1030 ............................................................................. 4-36
4.7.11 Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT ..................................................... 4-37

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary iv


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Contents

4.7.12 Installing SFP Modules .......................................................................................................... 4-38


4.8 Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack .......................................................................... 4-38
4.8.1 Installing the H Connector ..................................................................................................... 4-40
4.8.2 Installing the EXT-2U Platform on the NPT-1030 Platform ................................................... 4-41
4.8.3 Disassembling the EXT-2U from the NPT-1030 ..................................................................... 4-42
4.8.4 Attaching the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack ........................................................................... 4-43
4.8.5 Identifying Slots in the EXT-2U .............................................................................................. 4-44
4.8.6 Installing Power Modules in the EXT-2U ............................................................................... 4-45
4.8.7 Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U..................................................................................... 4-46
4.8.8 Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U ............................................................................... 4-46
4.8.9 Installing Long Cards in the EXT-2U ....................................................................................... 4-48
4.8.10 Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................... 4-49
4.8.11 Installing Modules in the OBC ............................................................................................... 4-51
4.9 Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1030 Shelf.......................................................... 4-51
4.9.1 Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules ...................................................................... 4-52
4.9.2 Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface Cables to the NPT-1030 .................................. 4-52
4.9.3 Connecting I/O Protection Cables in the NPT-1030 .............................................................. 4-57
4.9.4 Routing and Connecting Data Interface Cables to Ethernet Interfaces ................................ 4-64
4.9.5 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables between the MCP30 and the
ICP_MCP30 ............................................................................................................................ 4-65
4.9.6 Connecting the Timing (Clock) Cable .................................................................................... 4-66

5 NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations ......................................................... 5-1


5.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................ 5-1
5.2 Wall-Mounted Cabinet .......................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2.1 Installing the NPT-1030 in a Wall-Mounted Cabinet ............................................................... 5-2
5.2.2 Installing the Interior Components ......................................................................................... 5-2
5.2.3 Installing Cabling Accessories .................................................................................................. 5-7
5.3 DDF 21 E1s Unit ................................................................................................................... 5-10
5.3.1 Assembling the DDF .............................................................................................................. 5-10
5.3.2 Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF ........................................................................................... 5-12
5.3.3 Installing the NPT-1030 and Three DDFs ............................................................................... 5-13
5.3.4 Installing the NPT-1030, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit ................................................... 5-15
5.3.5 Connecting Cabinet Grounding ............................................................................................. 5-18
5.3.6 Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Cabinet ................................................... 5-19
5.3.7 Installing the Wall-Mounted Cabinet Covers and Door ........................................................ 5-24
5.4 Wall-Mounted Frame........................................................................................................... 5-27
5.4.1 Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame ...................................................................................... 5-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary v


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Contents

5.4.2 Installing the NPT-1030 and Accessories in the Wall-Mounted Frame ................................. 5-30
5.4.3 Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Front Cover .................................................................. 5-36
5.4.4 Connecting Wall-Mounted Frame Grounding ....................................................................... 5-38
5.4.5 Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Frame...................................................... 5-38

6 Commissioning Tests ................................................................................... 6-1


6.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................ 6-1
6.2 Test Equipment ...................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.3 Site Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................................... 6-1
6.3.1 Checking Cards and Modules Installed in Each Shelf .............................................................. 6-1
6.3.2 Test Equipment Setup ............................................................................................................. 6-2
6.3.3 Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks ............................................................................... 6-3
6.3.4 Measuring Optical Levels ........................................................................................................ 6-4
6.3.5 Platform Power-On Test Procedure ........................................................................................ 6-5
6.4 SDH Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................................... 6-5
6.4.1 Loss of Signal (LOS) Detection Test ......................................................................................... 6-5
6.4.2 Network Timing Synchronization Test .................................................................................... 6-5
6.4.3 Input Sensitivity Test ............................................................................................................... 6-6
6.4.4 Equipment Power-On Test ...................................................................................................... 6-6
6.4.5 Traffic Stability Test ................................................................................................................. 6-7
6.4.6 Transmission Alarm-Handling Test .......................................................................................... 6-7
6.4.7 Maintenance Action Test ........................................................................................................ 6-8
6.4.8 Path Protection and Nonretrieval Test.................................................................................... 6-8
6.4.9 Severity Assignment Test ........................................................................................................ 6-8
6.5 Data Network Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................... 6-9
6.5.1 Throughput and Latency Tests ................................................................................................ 6-9
6.5.2 System Recovery and Reset Tests ......................................................................................... 6-10
6.5.3 Frame Loss Rate Test ............................................................................................................. 6-10
6.5.4 Stability Test .......................................................................................................................... 6-11
6.5.5 Alarm-Handling Test .............................................................................................................. 6-11

7 Maintenance ............................................................................................... 7-1


7.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................ 7-1
7.2 Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials ................................................................................... 7-1
7.3 Preventive Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 7-1
7.4 Onsite Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 7-2
7.4.1 Troubleshooting Power Problems ........................................................................................... 7-3
7.4.2 Troubleshooting Using Component Indicators ....................................................................... 7-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary vi


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Contents

7.5 Replacing Cards and Modules .............................................................................................. 7-19


7.5.1 Safety and Workmanship ...................................................................................................... 7-19
7.5.2 Replacing the MCP30B Card .................................................................................................. 7-20
7.5.3 Replacing XIO30 Cards .......................................................................................................... 7-21
7.5.4 Replacing Tslot Cards ............................................................................................................ 7-21
7.5.5 Replacing Eslot Cards ............................................................................................................ 7-22
7.5.6 Replacing Traffic Modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................. 7-22
7.5.7 Replacing ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................................... 7-23
7.5.8 Replacing Power Modules ..................................................................................................... 7-23
7.5.9 Replacing the FCU_1030/FCU_E2U Module ......................................................................... 7-24
7.5.10 Replacing an ICP for the MCP30B.......................................................................................... 7-24
7.5.11 Replacing SFP/XFP/SFP+ Transceivers ................................................................................... 7-24

8 Connection Data.......................................................................................... 8-1


8.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................ 8-1
8.2 INF_B1U/INF_30BH/INF_E2U DC Input Power Connectors .................................................. 8-1
8.3 AC_CONV_30B/AC_PS-E2U AC Input Power Connectors ...................................................... 8-1
8.4 MNG Ethernet Connector ...................................................................................................... 8-1
8.5 T3/T4 Timing Connector ........................................................................................................ 8-2
8.6 Auxiliary Connector on the MCP30B ..................................................................................... 8-3
8.7 RS-232 Connector .................................................................................................................. 8-5
8.8 Orderwire Connector ............................................................................................................. 8-6
8.9 V.11 Overhead Connector ..................................................................................................... 8-7
8.10 Alarms Connector .................................................................................................................. 8-8
8.11 E1 Connectors on the PME1_21 ............................................................................................ 8-9
8.12 PME1_63 Connection Data .................................................................................................. 8-12
8.13 Ethernet Interface Connectors ............................................................................................ 8-22
8.14 PM345_3 Card Connection Data ......................................................................................... 8-22
8.15 P345_3E Card Connection Data ........................................................................................... 8-22
8.16 PE1_63 Card Connection Data ............................................................................................. 8-22
8.17 MPS_2G_8F Card Connection Data ..................................................................................... 8-28
8.18 DMGE_1_L1 Connection Data ............................................................................................. 8-29
8.19 TP21_2 Connection Data ..................................................................................................... 8-29
8.20 TP63_1 Connection Data ..................................................................................................... 8-34
8.21 TPS1_1 Connection Data...................................................................................................... 8-34
8.22 SM_10E/EM_10E Card Connection Data ............................................................................. 8-34

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary vii


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Contents

8.22.1 Connection Data for SM_FXO_8E and SM_FXS_8E Interfaces .............................................. 8-35
8.22.2 Connection Data for SM_EM_24W6E Interfaces .................................................................. 8-35
8.22.3 Connection Data for SM_V35E Interfaces ............................................................................. 8-37
8.22.4 Connection Data for SM_V24E Interfaces ............................................................................. 8-39
8.22.5 Connection Data for SM_V35_V11 Interfaces ...................................................................... 8-42
8.22.6 Connection Data for SM_CODIR_4E Interfaces ..................................................................... 8-44
8.22.7 Connection Data for SM_OMNI_E Interfaces ....................................................................... 8-45
8.23 ICP_VF Connection Data ...................................................................................................... 8-46
8.24 ICP_V24 Connection Data .................................................................................................... 8-47
8.25 ICP_V35 Connection Data .................................................................................................... 8-50
8.26 ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data............................................................................................ 8-51
8.27 ICP_DB37D Connection Data ............................................................................................... 8-52
8.28 RAP-4B Connectors .............................................................................................................. 8-57
8.28.1 SHELF ALARM Connectors ..................................................................................................... 8-57
8.28.2 ALARM IN/OUT Connector .................................................................................................... 8-58

9 Rack Installation .......................................................................................... 9-1


9.1 Installing Equipment Racks .................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.1 Marking Rack Floor.................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.1.2 Installing the Rack on Concrete Floors .................................................................................... 9-2
9.1.3 Installing the Rack on Wooden Floors ..................................................................................... 9-2
9.1.4 Installing the Rack on Floating (Suspended) Floors................................................................. 9-4
9.1.5 Installing the Rack on Suspended Overhead Trays ................................................................. 9-5
9.1.6 Installing Extendable Rails ....................................................................................................... 9-5
9.1.7 Grounding the Rack ................................................................................................................. 9-5
9.2 Installing 19" Racks ................................................................................................................ 9-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary viii


List of Figures
Figure 2-1: Typical NPT-1030 platform ........................................................................................................... 2-1
Figure 3-1: Typical installation of four NPT-1030 platforms in an ETSI 2200 rack ......................................... 3-7
Figure 3-2: Laser warning label..................................................................................................................... 3-16
Figure 3-3: Basic ESD warning symbol .......................................................................................................... 3-18
Figure 3-4: Pollution control logos ............................................................................................................... 3-21
Figure 3-5: WEEE recycling symbol............................................................................................................... 3-22
Figure 4-1: Typical installation of a single NPT-1030 platform in a 2200 ETSI rack........................................ 4-2
Figure 4-2: Typical installation of four NPT-1030 platforms .......................................................................... 4-6
Figure 4-3: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud ............................................................................................. 4-9
Figure 4-4: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes .......................................................................................... 4-9
Figure 4-5: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG.............................................................................. 4-10
Figure 4-6: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws ...................................................................... 4-11
Figure 4-7: RAP-BG front cover removal ...................................................................................................... 4-11
Figure 4-8: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation ............................................................................................ 4-12
Figure 4-9: Platform DC input power connector pin functions .................................................................... 4-12
Figure 4-10: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud .............................................................................................. 4-14
Figure 4-11: RAP-4B with grounding cable ................................................................................................... 4-15
Figure 4-12: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes ............................................................................................... 4-15
Figure 4-13: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B ............................................................................ 4-16
Figure 4-14: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws..................................................................... 4-17
Figure 4-15: RAP-4B front cover removal ..................................................................................................... 4-18
Figure 4-16: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation........................................................................................... 4-18
Figure 4-17: Platform DC input power connector pin functions .................................................................. 4-19
Figure 4-18: Threading optical fibers in the FST ........................................................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-19: Attaching rack mounting brackets to the ODF ......................................................................... 4-21
Figure 4-20: ODF front panel ........................................................................................................................ 4-21
Figure 4-21: ODF open view ......................................................................................................................... 4-22
Figure 4-22: ODF fiber routes ....................................................................................................................... 4-22
Figure 4-23: Installing ICP_MCP30 in the rack.............................................................................................. 4-24
Figure 4-24: Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs in the rack............................................................................. 4-25
Figure 4-25: Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack ................................................................................ 4-26
Figure 4-26: Installing rail stiffeners in the rack ........................................................................................... 4-28
Figure 4-27: NPT-1030 slots.......................................................................................................................... 4-29
Figure 4-28: Installing a power module in the NPT-1030 ............................................................................. 4-31
Figure 4-29: Installing an FCU_1030 module in the NPT-1030 .................................................................... 4-32
Figure 4-30: Location of the CF card inside the MCP30B/D ......................................................................... 4-33
Figure 4-31: Installing a CF card into the MCP30B/D ................................................................................... 4-33
Figure 4-32: Installing an MCP30B module in the NPT-1030 ....................................................................... 4-34
Figure 4-33: Installing an XIO30 module in the NPT-1030 ........................................................................... 4-35
Figure 4-34: Installing a Tslot module in the NPT-1030 ............................................................................... 4-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary ix


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual List of Figures

Figure 4-35: Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT ....................................................... 4-37


Figure 4-36: Installing an SFP/XFP module in the NPT-1030 ........................................................................ 4-38
Figure 4-37: Installing the H connector ........................................................................................................ 4-40
Figure 4-38: Installing the EXT-2U ................................................................................................................ 4-41
Figure 4-39: Removing the BG-30E from the BG-30B .................................................................................. 4-42
Figure 4-40: Inserting the thin flat-head tool ............................................................................................... 4-42
Figure 4-41: Raising the rivet cap ................................................................................................................. 4-43
Figure 4-42: Removing the rivet ................................................................................................................... 4-43
Figure 4-43: EXT-2U regular slots layout ...................................................................................................... 4-44
Figure 4-44: EXT-2U slots layout with ES 3# extended ................................................................................. 4-44
Figure 4-45: Installing a power module in the EXT-2U ................................................................................. 4-45
Figure 4-46: Installing FCU_E2U in EXT-2U................................................................................................... 4-46
Figure 4-47: Installing an extension card in the EXT-2U ............................................................................... 4-47
Figure 4-48: Removing the blank panel ........................................................................................................ 4-48
Figure 4-49: Removing the card guide ......................................................................................................... 4-48
Figure 4-50: Installing a long card in the EXT-2U.......................................................................................... 4-49
Figure 4-51: Installing traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E .................................................................... 4-50
Figure 4-52: Installing a module in the OBC ................................................................................................. 4-51
Figure 4-53: PME1_63 traffic cable .............................................................................................................. 4-55
Figure 4-54: PME1_63 traffic cable installation ........................................................................................... 4-56
Figure 4-55: L114 protection jumper cable schematic diagram................................................................... 4-59
Figure 4-56: L123 protection jumper cable schematic diagram................................................................... 4-60
Figure 4-57: L128 protection jumper cable schematic diagram................................................................... 4-61
Figure 4-58: L127 protection jumper cable schematic diagram................................................................... 4-62
Figure 4-59: TP21_2 1:2 protection scheme example.................................................................................. 4-63
Figure 4-60: TP21_2 1:1 protection scheme example.................................................................................. 4-63
Figure 4-61: TP63_1_1 (two PE1_63 cards) 1:1 protection scheme example.............................................. 4-63
Figure 4-62: TPS1_1 (two SMQ1&4 modules) 1:1 protection scheme example .......................................... 4-64
Figure 5-1: Wall-mounted cabinet general view ............................................................................................ 5-1
Figure 5-2: Tools required for cabinet installation ......................................................................................... 5-2
Figure 5-3: Wall-mounted cabinet interior components ............................................................................... 5-3
Figure 5-4: Preparing the rear panel holes ..................................................................................................... 5-4
Figure 5-5: Installing the rear panel ............................................................................................................... 5-5
Figure 5-6: Installing the support rails ............................................................................................................ 5-5
Figure 5-7: Installing the 19" vertical extrusions ............................................................................................ 5-6
Figure 5-8: Installing the C-rail ....................................................................................................................... 5-7
Figure 5-9: Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet ................................................................................. 5-7
Figure 5-10: Cabling accessories..................................................................................................................... 5-8
Figure 5-11: DDF general view...................................................................................................................... 5-10
Figure 5-12: Installing the brackets for ETSI installation .............................................................................. 5-11
Figure 5-13: Attaching the connection blocks .............................................................................................. 5-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary x


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual List of Figures

Figure 5-14: Installing an NPT-1020 platform and three DDFs..................................................................... 5-13


Figure 5-15: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1030 and three DDFs) ............................................................. 5-14
Figure 5-16: Installing a NPT-1030 platform, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit ........................................... 5-16
Figure 5-17: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1030, two DDFs, AC CONV unit) ............................................. 5-17
Figure 5-18: Wall-mounted cabinet cabling ................................................................................................. 5-19
Figure 5-19: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing front view .................................................................... 5-20
Figure 5-20: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing left side view ............................................................... 5-21
Figure 5-21: Installing top and bottom covers ............................................................................................. 5-25
Figure 5-22: Connecting grounding cables ................................................................................................... 5-25
Figure 5-23: Installing side covers ................................................................................................................ 5-26
Figure 5-24: Connecting grounding cables ................................................................................................... 5-26
Figure 5-25: Installing the front door ........................................................................................................... 5-27
Figure 5-26: Connecting the door grounding cable...................................................................................... 5-27
Figure 5-27: Wall-mounted frame installation ............................................................................................. 5-28
Figure 5-28: Attaching the fiber guide tube ................................................................................................. 5-29
Figure 5-29: Holes location for wall-mounted frame ................................................................................... 5-30
Figure 5-30: Installing a NPT-1030 and three DDFs...................................................................................... 5-31
Figure 5-31: Installing a NPT-1030, a DDF, and a RAP-BG ............................................................................ 5-32
Figure 5-32: Installing a NPT-1030, an ICP_MCP30, and a DDF.................................................................... 5-33
Figure 5-33: Installing a NPT-1030, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV ................................................................. 5-34
Figure 5-34: Installing a NPT-1030 and a DDF .............................................................................................. 5-35
Figure 5-35: Installing the front cover .......................................................................................................... 5-37
Figure 5-36: Routing and connecting cables and fibers in the wall-mounted frame ................................... 5-39
Figure 5-37: Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view ................................................................. 5-40
Figure 7-1: Inserting an SFP/XFP/SFP+ transceiver into a module ............................................................... 7-25
Figure 8-1: POWER IN input power connector, pin functions ........................................................................ 8-1
Figure 8-2: AC input power connector ........................................................................................................... 8-1
Figure 8-3: Ethernet connector, pin identification ......................................................................................... 8-2
Figure 8-4: T3/T4 connector, pin identification.............................................................................................. 8-2
Figure 8-5: Auxiliary connector for MCP30/MCP30B, pin identification........................................................ 8-3
Figure 8-6: RS-232 overhead connectors, pin identification .......................................................................... 8-5
Figure 8-7: RS-232 overhead cable ................................................................................................................. 8-5
Figure 8-8: RS-232 overhead cable label ........................................................................................................ 8-5
Figure 8-9: OW connector, pin identification ................................................................................................. 8-6
Figure 8-10: V.11 connector, pin identification.............................................................................................. 8-7
Figure 8-11: Alarms connector, pin identification .......................................................................................... 8-8
Figure 8-12: E1 connectors for PME1_21, pin identification ......................................................................... 8-9
Figure 8-13: PME1_63 connector pin identification..................................................................................... 8-12
Figure 8-14: Typical E1 connector for PE1_63, pin identification ................................................................ 8-23
Figure 8-15: E1 connectors for TP21_2, pin identification ........................................................................... 8-29
Figure 8-16: SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector, pin identification ............................................... 8-34

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary xi


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual List of Figures

Figure 8-17: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification .................................................................... 8-48
Figure 8-18: 9-pin D-type male connector, pin identification ...................................................................... 8-49
Figure 8-19: M34 female connector, pin identification ............................................................................... 8-50
Figure 8-20: 15-pin D-type female connector, pin identification ................................................................. 8-51
Figure 8-21: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification .................................................................... 8-51
Figure 8-22: 37-pin D-type female connector, pin identification ................................................................. 8-53
Figure 8-23: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification................................................................ 8-57
Figure 8-24: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification ............................................................. 8-58
Figure 9-1: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks................................................................................................ 9-3
Figure 9-2: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks ................................................................................... 9-4
Figure 9-3: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead tray (2200 mm
rack).............................................................................................................................................. 9-5
Figure 9-4: Example of an approved European 19” rack ................................................................................ 9-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary xii


List of Tables
Table 3-1: Typical NPT-1030 equipment installation sequence ..................................................................... 3-1
Table 3-2: Environmental requirements ........................................................................................................ 3-3
Table 3-3: Equipment dimensions .................................................................................................................. 3-4
Table 3-4: Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools ................................................................................ 3-4
Table 3-5: Traffic cables mating connector data for NPT-1030.................................................................... 3-10
Table 3-6: Traffic cables mating connector data for EXT-2U ........................................................................ 3-11
Table 3-7: Optical fibers and mating connector data for NPT-1030 ............................................................ 3-12
Table 3-8: Optical fibers and mating connector data for EXT-2U ................................................................ 3-13
Table 3-9: NPT-1030 and EXT-2U circuit breaker data ................................................................................. 3-15
Table 3-10: NPT-1030 and EXT-2U recommended circuit breakers ............................................................. 3-15
Table 3-11: LC transceivers laser information STM-4 SFP ............................................................................ 3-17
Table 3-12: LC transceivers laser information STM-1/100BaseFX SFP ......................................................... 3-17
Table 3-13: LC transceivers laser information GbE SFP (OTGBE) ................................................................. 3-18
Table 4-1: Outline of typical NPT-1030 equipment installation sequence..................................................... 4-3
Table 4-2: NPT-1030 modules ...................................................................................................................... 4-29
Table 4-3: EXT-2U modules .......................................................................................................................... 4-44
Table 4-4: Protection and protected cards summary................................................................................... 4-58
Table 4-5: Protection jumper cables usage .................................................................................................. 4-62
Table 4-6: TPS1_1 1:1 I/O protection slot allocation.................................................................................... 4-64
Table 6-1: Card and module inventory NPT-1030 platform ........................................................................... 6-2
Table 6-2: 2 Mbps tests .................................................................................................................................. 6-2
Table 6-3: 34 Mbps tests ................................................................................................................................ 6-2
Table 6-4: 45 Mbps tests ................................................................................................................................ 6-2
Table 6-5: SDH tests........................................................................................................................................ 6-3
Table 6-6: Visual inspection and mechanical checks ...................................................................................... 6-3
Table 6-7: Measured optical levels ................................................................................................................. 6-4
Table 6-8: Traffic stability test time intervals ................................................................................................. 6-7
Table 6-9: Throughput and latency test results ........................................................................................... 6-10
Table 6-10: Frame loss rate test results ....................................................................................................... 6-11
Table 7-1: Preventive maintenance inspection and checks ........................................................................... 7-1
Table 7-2: Troubleshooting power problems ................................................................................................. 7-3
Table 7-3: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1030 power-on based on MCP30B
panel LEDs .................................................................................................................................... 7-5
Table 7-4: General troubleshooting procedures for Tslot or XIO panels ....................................................... 7-7
Table 7-5: General troubleshooting procedures for the MCP30B ................................................................. 7-8
Table 7-6: General troubleshooting procedures on Tslot and XIO module panels ........................................ 7-8
Table 7-7: General troubleshooting procedures for the INF_B1U/INF_30BH and INF_E2U .......................... 7-9
Table 7-8: General troubleshooting procedures for the FCU_1030 ............................................................. 7-10
Table 7-9: General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins ........................................ 7-10
Table 7-10: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMFE_4_L1, DMFE_4_L2, and DMEOP_4 ................. 7-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary xiii


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual List of Tables

Table 7-11: General troubleshooting procedures for extended cards (PE1_63, P345_3, SM_10E,
S1_4, and S4_1) .......................................................................................................................... 7-13
Table 7-12: Special troubleshooting procedures for P345_3 card ............................................................... 7-14
Table 7-13: General troubleshooting procedures for daughterboards on SM_10E cards ........................... 7-14
Table 7-14: Special troubleshooting procedures for SM_EOP daughter boards ......................................... 7-15
Table 7-15: Special troubleshooting procedures for OW box ...................................................................... 7-15
Table 7-16: Special troubleshooting procedures for TP21_2/TP63_1/TPS1_1 cards .................................. 7-17
Table 7-17: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMFX_4_L1 and DMFX_4_L2 .................................... 7-17
Table 7-18: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMGE_1_L1 ............................................................... 7-18
Table 7-19: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMGE_4_L1 ............................................................... 7-19
Table 8-1: Ethernet connector, pin assignment ............................................................................................. 8-2
Table 8-2: T3/T4 connector, PIN identification .............................................................................................. 8-3
Table 8-3: V.11 Auxiliary connector, pin assignment ..................................................................................... 8-3
Table 8-4: RS-232 connectors, pin assignment .............................................................................................. 8-5
Table 8-5: OW connector, pin assignment ..................................................................................................... 8-6
Table 8-6: V.11 overhead connector, pin assignment .................................................................................... 8-7
Table 8-7: Alarms connector, pin assignment ................................................................................................ 8-8
Table 8-8: PME1_21 connector, pin assignment ............................................................................................ 8-9
Table 8-9: Connector P1 E1 #1 to E1 #21 Tx lines ........................................................................................ 8-13
Table 8-10: Connector P3 E1 #1 to E1 #21 Rx lines ...................................................................................... 8-14
Table 8-11: Connector P1 E1 #22 to E1 #42 Tx lines .................................................................................... 8-16
Table 8-12: Connector P3 E1 #22 to E1 #42 Rx lines .................................................................................... 8-17
Table 8-13: Connector P1 E1 #43 to E1 #63 Tx lines .................................................................................... 8-19
Table 8-14: Connector P3 E1 #43 to E1 #63 Rx lines .................................................................................... 8-20
Table 8-15: PE1_63 typical E1 connector (P2), pin assignment ................................................................... 8-23
Table 8-16: PE1_63 typical connector (P1), pin assignment ........................................................................ 8-25
Table 8-17: Gigabit Ethernet connector, pin assignment............................................................................. 8-29
Table 8-18: Twin 68-pin VHDCI connector (P2), pin assignment.................................................................. 8-29
Table 8-19: Twin 68-pin VHDCI connector (P1), pin assignment.................................................................. 8-32
Table 8-20: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_FXO_8 and SM_FXS_8 connector, pin assignment ................................ 8-35
Table 8-21: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_EM_24W6E connector, pin assignment ................................................ 8-36
Table 8-22: SM_10E SM_V35E connector, pin assignment.......................................................................... 8-38
Table 8-23: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 8 x V.24 transparent
without controls mode .............................................................................................................. 8-39
Table 8-24: SM_V24E connector, pin assignment ........................................................................................ 8-40
Table 8-25: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 2 x V.24 synchronous
with controls mode .................................................................................................................... 8-41
Table 8-26: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V35_V11 connector, pin assignment .................................................... 8-42
Table 8-27: SM_V35_V11 pin assignment per interface type ...................................................................... 8-43
Table 8-28: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_CODIR_4E connector, pin assignment ................................................... 8-44
Table 8-29: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_OMNI_E connector, pin assignment ..................................................... 8-45
Table 8-30: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_FXS_8E or SM_FXO_8E ................... 8-46

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary xiv


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual List of Tables

Table 8-31: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_EM_24W6E ..................................... 8-47
Table 8-32: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_CODIR_4E ........................................ 8-47
Table 8-33: ICP_V24 synchronous V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment ..................................... 8-48
Table 8-34: ICP_V24 asynchronous V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment ..................................... 8-49
Table 8-35: ICP_V24 transparent V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment......................................... 8-49
Table 8-36: ICP_V35 M34 female connector, pin assignment ..................................................................... 8-50
Table 8-37: ICP_V11_V24 15-pin D-type connector, pin assignment .......................................................... 8-51
Table 8-38: ICP_V11_V24 V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment .................................................. 8-52
Table 8-39: ICP_DB37D 37 pin D-type connector, pin assignment .............................................................. 8-53
Table 8-40: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-449 pin assignment .................................................. 8-54
Table 8-41: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-422 pin assignment .................................................. 8-54
Table 8-42: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.36 pin assignment ...................................................... 8-54
Table 8-43: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.35 pin assignment ...................................................... 8-55
Table 8-44: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.11/X.24 pin assignment ............................................. 8-56
Table 8-45: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, synchronous V.24 pin assignment ................................ 8-56
Table 8-46: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment............................................................ 8-57
Table 8-47: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment ................................................................. 8-59

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary xv


1 About This Manual

1.1 Overview
The NPT-1030 Installation, and Maintenance Manual (IMM) describes how to install NPT-1030 platforms
and how to install and replace hardware components, including cards, modules, and accessories.

1.2 Intended Audience


The NPT-1030 IMM is intended for installation and other qualified service personnel responsible for
installing the platform and its accessories.

1.3 Document Organization


This manual contains the following information:
 Installation
 Operation
 Maintenance
 Additional functionality

1.4 Notes and Warnings


When applicable, this guide uses the following notes and warnings:

NOTE: clarifying information, specific instructions, commentary, sidelights, or interesting


points of information.

CAUTION: failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of


information.

WARNING: failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life.

LASER WARNING: how to avoid personal injury. All personnel involved in equipment
installation, operation, and maintenance must be aware that laser radiation is invisible.
Therefore, although protective devices generally prevent direct exposure to the beam,
personnel must strictly observe the applicable safety precautions and, in particular, must
avoid staring into optical connectors, either directly or using optical instruments.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-1


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual About This Manual

ESD: information on how to avoid discharge of static electricity and subsequent damage to
the unit.

TIP: helpful information and handy hints that can make your task easier.

IMPORTANT: essential information to which you must pay attention.

1.5 Related Documentation


The following publications might be of assistance to you:
 NPT Product Line General Description
 NPT Product Line System Specifications
 NPT Product Line Reference Manual
 NPT EMS-APT User Manual
 NPT LCT-APT User Manual
 LightSoft® Network Management System User Manual
 IEC Publication 825 - Laser Safety Requirements

1.6 How to Obtain ECI Technical Documentation


To obtain technical documentation related to any ECI product, contact:
ECI Telecom Ltd.
ECI Documentation Group
30 Hasivim St.
Petach Tikva 4959388 – Israel
Fax: +972-3-9268060
Email: techdoc.feedback@ecitele.com

1.7 Technical Assistance


The configuration, installation, and operation of NPT series and its operation in a network are highly
specialized processes. Due to the different nature of each installation, some planning aspects might not be
covered in this manual.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-2


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual About This Manual

If you have questions or concerns about your network design or if you require installation personnel to
perform the actual installation process, ECI maintains a staff of design engineers and highly trained field
service personnel. The services of this group are available to customers at any time.
To obtain design assistance or a network installation plan from ECI's Customer Support team, contact your
ECI sales representative. With any support related issues, technical or logistic, please contact the ECI
Customer Support center at your location. If you are not familiar with that location, or contact our
Customer Support Center action line at:
Telephone +972-3-9266000
Telefax +972-3-9266370
Email on.support@ecitele.com

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-3


2 Introduction

2.1 NPT-1030 Platform Overview


ECI’s NPT-1030 delivers a cost-effective and affordable mix of Ethernet, SDH, PDH, and PCM services that
result in new revenue-generating opportunities. It offers a wide variety of features and benefits, including:
 High traffic survivability through main hardware duplication.
 Ultra-high scalability based on coupling the NPT-1030 to the EXT-2U to make a build-as-you-grow™
solution.
 Gradual capacity expansion based on service provisioning needs from ADM1 up to ADM16.
 Ability to add interfaces easily while the network element (NE) is working by plugging in appropriate
cards ranging from E1 cards for multiple ports to STM-4 cards.
 Carrier class Ethernet-over-WAN/MAN solution with SDH reliability, security, and management of
data services.
 Sublambda grooming for high utilization of existing fiber and top efficiency in transmission of
different types of services.
 PCM service interfaces and 1/0 digital cross-connect functions to facilitate the construction and
maintenance of various private networks.
 Multi-ADM and cross-connect functionality, ideal for deployment in flexible network topologies like
ring, mesh, and star.
 Compactness and resiliency, making it perfectly suited for both indoor and outdoor enclosures. Due
to its extended operating temperature range, it is also most suitable for harsh environmental
conditions.
Figure 2-1: Typical NPT-1030 platform

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 2-1


3 Before You Start

3.1 Overview
This chapter contains important information that will help you carry out a safe and trouble-free installation.

3.1.1 Outline of the Installation Procedure


The following table describes the main steps involved in the installation of NPT-1030 equipment. Consult
your site installation plans for specific details.

Table 3-1: Typical NPT-1030 equipment installation sequence

No. Task Reference

1 Prepare the installation site and check the physical location, Before You Start
environmental compliance, and availability of power
sources.

2 Prepare power, alarm, management, and transmission Before You Start and Equipment
cables at the installation site. Installation

3 Route the required power, alarm, management, and Equipment Installation


transmission cables to the intended NPT-1030 equipment
location.

4 If required, install the equipment racks. Equipment Installation

5  Mark the location of each NPT-1030 platform, relevant Equipment Installation


accessories (Fiber Storage Tray [FST], Optical
Distribution Frame [ODF], Digital Distribution Frame
[DDF], and MCP30B Interconnection Panel
[ICP_MCP30]) on each rack, in accordance with the site
installation plan.
Notes:
 For NPT-1030-only installation, it is recommended you
leave at least 4 U of space above the platform to enable
future installation of the EXT-2U.
 The NPT-1030 can only support balanced E1 interfaces
directly. For unbalanced E1s, the xDDF-21 patch panel
must be configured, which provides conversion between
balanced and unbalanced E1s for 21 x E1s.
 When auxiliary interfaces like RS-232, orderwire (OW),
or V.11 are used in your application, the ICP_MCP30
should be installed in order to distribute the
concentrated Auxiliary connector into dedicated
connectors for each function.

6 When applicable, install the EMS-APT management station. EMS-APT Installation Guide

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-1


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

No. Task Reference

7 Install the Rack Alarm Panel (RAP) and other equipment Equipment Installation
needed in each rack.

8 Install the NPT-1030 platforms in the appropriate rack. Equipment Installation

9 For each NPT-1030 platform where optical modules are Equipment Installation
used, install an FST under the NPT-1030 platform and route
the optical fibers to the FST.
Note: Even if you are not currently installing an FST, it is
recommended that you leave enough space beneath the
NPT-1030 platform to enable future installation.

10 Install the prescribed modules in the NPT-1030 platform,


including two INF_B1U or INF_30BH modules, FCU_1030,
MCP30B, two XIO30 modules (XIO30_1, XIO30Q_1&4,
XIO30_4, or XIO30_16), and optional Tslot modules.
Install the prescribed modules in the EXT-2U platform,
including two INF_E2U modules, FCU_E2U, or other
extension cards, such as the PE1_63, P345_3E, and SM_10E.

11 Install the SFP modules for XIO30 modules. Equipment Installation

12 Depending on the modules or cards in your NPT-1030 Equipment Installation


platform:
 Route the PDH electrical cables from the DDF to the E1
interfaces on the front panel of PME1_21 modules, the
E3/DS-3 interfaces on the front panel of PM345_3
modules, and STM-1e interfaces on the STM-1 electrical
SFPs.
 Route the data cables to the Fast Ethernet (FE)
interfaces on the front panel of DMFE_4_L1 modules.
 If the ICP_MCP30 is installed, route the special cables to
connect the ICP_MCP30 and the MCP30B, and route
cables for interfaces on the ICP_MCP30 panel. If the
ICP_MCP30 is not installed and external alarms
interfaces are used, route the special Alarms cable from
the MCP30B Auxiliary connector to the RAP.
Note: The DDF can be installed on the same rack as the
NPT-1030 platform, or on a different rack.

13 Connect management cables between the equipment Equipment Installation


installed in the rack and the management station.

14 Connect power cables from the RAP panel to each NPT-1030 Equipment Installation
platform installed in the rack.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-2


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

3.2 Site Preparation


Perform a preliminary survey of the installation site, taking the following into consideration:
 System environmental requirements
 Physical location of the NPT-1030 platforms
 Location of power sources
 Types of interfaces used at the site (optical, electrical, management, alarm monitoring, and so on)
 Work and equipment safety requirements

3.2.1 Environmental Requirements


The environmental conditions listed in the following table are applicable to NPT-1030 equipment and must
be ensured at the installation site.

Table 3-2: Environmental requirements

Parameter Compliance requirements


Electromagnetic interference EN 55022/94, EN 50082-1/92
Temperature ETSI ETS 300-19-2-3 Test Spec. T3.1

3.2.2 Physical Location

WARNING: NPT-1030 platforms are intended for installation in restricted-access areas only.

Before you start:


Choose the physical location of the NPT-1030 platforms, taking the following aspects into consideration:
1. Equipment dimensions (see the following table).
2. Required floor loading capability: 100 kg for a typical eight-platform installation.
3. Routing requirements for grounding, power, alarm monitoring, management cables, and optical
fibers. To ensure convenient access to cables and fibers, it is recommended, whenever possible, to
use overhead cable ladders to bring the cables/fibers to the top of each rack.
4. When a network management station, for example, the EMS-APT, is installed on the site, consider the
method of connection to the local network management station and the maximum allowed distance.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-3


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

Table 3-3: Equipment dimensions

Equipment type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Max. weight (kg)
NPT-1030 44 440 243 5
EXT-2U 88.9 443.4 243 4.5
RAP-BG 88 440 150 4
RAP-4B 88 447 155 2.4
FST 44.5 440 240 5
ODF 44.5 440 240 8
xDDF-21 44.5 440 150 1.5
ICP_MCP30 44 440 140 1.5

3.2.3 Power Sources


NPT-1030 platforms can be powered by DC sources complying with the applicable sections of ETSI 300
132-2 and the SELV or TNV requirements of EN 60950. The nominal supply voltage is -48 VDC (positive-lead
grounded). However, the allowed supply voltage range is -40.5 VDC to -60 VDC. Two separate DC power
sources must be available for redundancy. In the DC power supply, the maximum power consumption of
the NPT-1030 is 55 W.
For AC power supply, configure an external AC/DC converter.

NOTE: If the planned power consumption of the equipment installed in the platform is 80% or
more of the maximum listed value, it is recommended to consult ECI Customer Support.

3.2.4 Tools and Test Equipment


No special-purpose tools beyond a standard technician’s toolbox are required for the installation of
NPT-1030 platforms.
Traffic cables can be prepared on site, so make sure suitable tool kits are available. They include tools for
the assembly of coaxial cables as listed in the following table, and tools for the preparation of optical patch
cords.

Table 3-4: Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools

No. Name Description

1 Stripper DIN 1.0/2.3

2 Center contact crimp tool (blue) DIN 1.0/2.3

3 Crimp tool, outer DIN 1.0/2.3

4 Cable stripper ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-4


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

No. Name Description

5 Nipper (cutter for center contact) ---

6 Die for NCX1 ---

3.2.5 Cleaning Optical Connectors


When handling optical fibers, clean the optical connectors with the standard cleaning kits recommended by
the manufacturers.

3.3 Installing the NPT-1030 in Racks


The following sections describe options for installing the NPT-1030 in racks with corresponding ancillary
equipment.

3.3.1 Installation Plan


Follow these guidelines for installing NPT-1030 platforms and ancillary equipment in racks.
We recommend installation in ECI ETSI racks, which provide the following advantages:
 Removable rear and side panels, enabling tidy leading and efficient maintenance of all rack cables,
including:
 PCM/E1/E3/DS-3/STM-1e cables
 Control cables
 Power cables
 Data cables
 Voice frequency cables
 Timing cables
 Two ducts on the rack’s front rails for routing up to 200 optical fibers
 Open frame top and bottom, facilitating easy leading of cables from suspension floors and/or ceiling
ladders
 Front door mountable for left or right opening
NPT-1030 equipment racks can be installed on wooden, concrete, or floating floors, or suspended from
overhead mountings.

3.3.2 Typical NPT-1030 Installation


See the figure Typical installation of a single NPT-1030 platform in a 2200 ETSI rack for a typical installation
in an ECI rack.
In addition to the NPT-1030 platform, you can also install the following equipment in the rack:

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-5


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

 One RAP at the top of the rack to connect external power and alarm monitoring lines (RAP-4B only) to
the NPT-1030 platforms in the rack. The RAP fully supports up to four platforms with dual power
feeding. In addition to the space needed for RAP installation, you must leave at least 50 mm of free
space under the RAP for cable routing.

NOTE: The RAP-BG does not support alarm monitoring lines.

 One FST for each NPT-1030 with optical modules. Each FST contains two storage reels, enabling the
fiber to be stored on the right or left side of the tray. Leave at least 50 mm of free space between the
NPT-1030 platform and its FST, and another 50 mm free between the FST and the next NPT-1030
platform.
 xDDF-21. When unbalanced E1 interfaces are needed, the xDDF-21 must be installed with the
NPT-1030. Each xDDF-21 can support 21 channels of E1. The xDDF-21 can be installed anywhere on
the same rack as the NPT-1030 platform or on another rack.
 ICP_MCP30. When an RS-232 or V.11 interface from the MCP30 is used, the ICP_MPC30 must be
installed to distribute the concentrated Auxiliary connector into dedicated connectors for each
function. The ICP_MCP30 can be installed anywhere on the same rack as the NPT-1030 platform.

3.3.3 Integrating NPT-1030 Platforms and Other Equipment


in One Rack
When NPT-1030 platforms and associated accessories do not occupy the entire rack, additional equipment
can be installed in the remaining rack space. Make sure that any heat generated by this equipment can be
dissipated efficiently, and that thermal isolation is provided between the various equipment units.
In the event of additional equipment being installed in the rack, contact ECI’s Customer Support team for
assistance.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-6


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

Figure 3-1: Typical installation of four NPT-1030 platforms in an ETSI 2200 rack

3.4 Preparing Cables and Fibers


NOTE: This section provides information for preparing cables and optical fibers. The necessary
cables can be ordered from ECI. For details, contact ECI’s Customer Support team or your ECI
sales representative.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-7


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

Before you start:


The following main types of cables are required for installing the NPT-1030:
 Grounding cables
 DC power cables (RAP Input Power Cables and Platform Power Cables )
 Alarm cables
 Management cables
 Timing (clock) cables
 Optical fibers
 Electric traffic cables
Some of these cables are supplied as part of the NPT-1030 equipment, while others must be prepared on
site or ordered separately from ECI.
In the following sections, you will find information about the cables, and how to prepare them on site,
where relevant. For details about the equipment connector types and cable wiring, see Connection Data.

WARNING: When preparing cables, in particular power and grounding cables, use only
UL-listed components of the specified types. Components must also comply with any
applicable national and local safety codes and regulations.
Only qualified trained personnel may be involved in the preparation of the various cable
types. Personnel must use only approved procedures, in accordance with the applicable
workmanship practice.

3.4.1 Grounding Cables


Platform grounding is achieved by connecting the platform to the rack using rack mounting brackets.
Grounding is provided by contact when the unit is fastened to the rack.
A reliable low-impedance connection must be provided using copper conductors between the rack frame
and the site grounding bus.
Make the connection between the rack grounding screw and the site grounding bus with a 2 AWG (35 mm2)
or thicker copper lead with yellow/green insulation, in compliance with UL/ETSI recommendations.
Route grounding conductors along the shortest possible route. Treat the bare portion of the conductor with
antioxidant and connect a listed two-hole compression lug. If the lug is not plated, polish it until it has a
bright finish and coat it with antioxidant before connecting it to the frame of the rack. Do not mix different
types of metal conductors.

3.4.2 DC Power Cables


DC power cables must be prepared on site. Two types of DC power cables are needed:
 RAP input power cables
 Platform power cables

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-8


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

ECI recommends the use of shielded power cables for DC power connections, with the shields connected to
the frame ground at the rack end only.

3.4.2.1 RAP Input Power Cables


The RAP input power cables are prepared on site. They connect input power from the site power
distribution subsystem to the DC input terminals of the RAP.
Two input power cables are required for each rack, one for each source. The cables must use copper leads
complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. Use a red lead for the positive conductor and a black lead for
the negative conductor. The RAP cable ends must be terminated in M6 cable lugs matching the conductor
gauge.
The recommended cable gauge is 25 mm² or thicker. This gauge ensures that the voltage drop across the
rack power cable does not exceed 2 V, even for cable runs of maximum 30 meters connected to a RAP and
providing power to multiple NPT-1030 platforms.
When the RAP is used to provide power to a single NPT-1030 platform, lower-lead gauges may be used, as
follows:
 For runs not exceeding 20 meters, use 10 mm2 copper leads.
 For runs not exceeding 30 meters, use 16 mm2 copper leads.

3.4.2.2 Platform Power Cables


One 12 AWG cable, supplied by ECI, connects the input power from the rack RAP unit to the POWER IN
connector on each INF_B1U or INF_30BH module of each NPT-1030 platform installed in the rack.

3.4.3 Alarm Cables


Alarm cables used within NPT-1030 equipment are included in the shipment according to site
specifications.
The alarm indications are carried by the platform alarm indication cable. One platform alarm indication
cable is required for each NPT-1030 platform installed in the rack. There are two types of alarm cable. If the
ICP_MCP30 is not installed, an alarm cable connects between the Auxiliary connector on the MCP30B and
one of the Alarms connectors on the RAP (RAP-4B only). If the ICP_MCP30 is installed, another alarm cable
connects between the Alarms connector on the ICP_MCP30 and one of the Alarms connectors on the RAP
(RAP-4B only). Cable length is 2 m.

NOTE: There are no Alarms connectors on the RAP-BG.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-9


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

3.4.4 Management Cables


Out-of-band management traffic is connected to a NPT-1030 platform via the RJ-45 (MNG) connector
located on the front panel of the MCP30B.
The MNG Ethernet connector is wired as a 10BaseT station port for direct connection through an
RJ-45-to-RJ-45 straight cable to a port of a 10BaseT Ethernet hub.
Suitable standard Ethernet station cables are available from many sources. Cables of Category 5 or better
must be used. In all cases, the length of the cables must not exceed the maximum recommended for the
cable type and hub port in use (up to a few dozen meters).

3.4.5 Timing (Clock) Cables


The NPT-1030 platform uses an RJ-45 connector on the MCP30B front panel that integrates the two timing
reference interfaces (2 x T3 and 2 x T4). If it has balanced (120 Ω) G.703 interfaces, a multi twisted-pair
cable with an RJ-45 connector (supplied by ECI) is used to connect timing signals from the NPT-1030 to the
site timing reference distribution subsystems.
If the site timing reference distribution subsystem has unbalanced (75 Ω) G.703 interfaces, configure an
adapter with coaxial cables that provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion (supplied by ECI).

3.4.6 Electric Traffic Cables


Some electric traffic cables can be prepared on site. The following table lists the type of cables and mating
connectors needed for each NPT-1030 traffic interface type.

Table 3-5: Traffic cables mating connector data for NPT-1030

Module or card Interface type Cable type Mating connector Connector at other Qty./Module
end

PME1_21 E1 balanced (2.048 Multipair cable (2 x 100-pin SCSI male Open 1


Mbps) 21 120 Ω twisted
pairs)

PME1_21 1 E1 balanced (2.048 Twin multipair cable 100-pin SCSI male 2 x 50-pin SCSI male 1
Mbps) (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted
pairs)

PME1_63 E1 balanced (2.048 3 x twin multipair 2 x 136-pin VHDCI Open (connects to 1


Mbps cable (2 x 21 120 W DDF)
twisted pairs)

xDDF-21 E1 unbalanced (2.048 Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 42


Mbps) the field)

PM345_3 E3/DS-3 (34/45 Mbps) Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 6
the field)

SMD1B 2 STM-1 electrical Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 (on electrical Open (prepared in 2/4
SFP) the field)

1
Cable is used to connect the PME1_21 E1 interface connector to the xDDF-21.
2
Electrical or optical SFPs can be used when working in STM-1; the cable type is determined according to the SFP used.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-10


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

Module or card Interface type Cable type Mating connector Connector at other Qty./Module
end

SMQ1 3 STM-1e Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 8


the field)

SMQ1&4 4 STM-1e Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 8


the field)

XIO30_1/4 5 STM-1 electrical Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 2


the field)

XIO30Q_ STM-1e Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 8


1&4 the field)

DMEOP_4 100BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 4

DMFE_4_L1 10/100BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 4


6
DMGE_1_L1 1000BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 1

DMGE_4_L1 7 10/100/1000BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 4

DMFE_4_L2 10/100BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 4

DMGE_4_L2 8 10/100/1000BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 4

DMXE_22_L2 9 1000BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 2

Table 3-6: Traffic cables mating connector data for EXT-2U

Module or card Interface type Cable type Mating connector Connector at other Qty./Module
end

PE1_63 E1 balanced (2.048 Multipair cable (2 x 2 x 50-pin SCSI male Open 3


Mbps) 21 120 Ω twisted
pairs)

PM345_3E E3/DS-3 (34/45 Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 6


Mbps) the field)

MPS_2G_8F 10/100/1000BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 10

MPoE_12G 10/100/1000BaseT Cat.5e RJ-45 RJ-45 8

TP21_2 E1 balanced (2.048 Twin multipair cable Twin 2 x 68-pin VHDCI Open (prepared in 2
Mbps) (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted male the field)
pairs)

TP21_2 10 E1 balanced (2.048 Twin multipair cable Twin 2 x 68-pin VHDCI 100-pin SCSI male 3
Mbps) (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted male
pairs)

3
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
4
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
5
Electrical or optical SFPs can be used when working in STM-1; the cable type is determined according to the SFP used.
6
Cable is required when the DMGE_1_L1 is working in electrical mode (RJ-45).
7
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
8
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
9
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-11


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

Module or card Interface type Cable type Mating connector Connector at other Qty./Module
end

TP63_1 E1 balanced (2.048 Twin multipair cable Twin 2 x 68-pin VHDCI Open (prepared in 3
Mbps) (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted male the field)
pairs)

TP63_1 11 E1 balanced (2.048 Twin multipair cable Twin 2 x 68-pin VHDCI Twin 2 x 68-pin 2
Mbps) (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted male VHDCI male
pairs)

TPS1_1 STM-1e/ E3/DS3 Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 8


the field)

TPS1_1 12 STM-1e/ E3/DS3 Coaxial cable DB 8W8P DIN 1.0/2.3 2

xDDF-21 E1 unbalanced (2.048 Coaxial cable DIN 1.0/2.3 Open (prepared in 42


Mbps) the field)

3.4.7 Optical Fibers


Optical fibers can be prepared on site. The following table lists the type of cables and mating connectors
needed to prepare cables for each NPT-1030 module.
For each optical interface, ECI supplies patch cords with mating optical connectors already attached to the
fiber. Therefore, only the optical termination on the ODF side, which is installation-dependent, must be
installed on site.
The optical fibers for connecting to equipment installed in a given rack must enter the rack from the top, be
threaded through cable guides running along the rack side rails, and end at the FST. The FST must contain
enough fiber length for extracting modules from the NPT-1030 and for replacing fiber in case of damage
(splicing repairs).
When routing fibers, make sure to observe the minimum bending radius (35 mm).

Table 3-7: Optical fibers and mating connector data for NPT-1030

I/O module Interface type Fiber type Mating connector Qty./Module

SMD1B STM-1 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 4 fibers

SMQ1 STM-1 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8 fibers

SMQ1&4 STM-1&4 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8 fibers

SMS4 STM-4 optical One pair of fiber patch cords LC male 2 fibers

SMD4 STM-4 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 4 fibers

SMS16 STM-16 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 2 fibers

XIO30Q_1&4 STM-1&4 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8 fibers

XIO30_4 STM-4 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 4 fibers

XIO30_16 STM-16 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 2 fibers

10
Cable is used to connect protection PME1_21 E1 interfaces connector to the TP21_2.
11
Cable is used to connect protection PE1_63 or PME1_21 E1 interfaces connector to the TP63_1
12
Cable is used to connect protection card interfaces connector to the TPS1_1

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-12


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

I/O module Interface type Fiber type Mating connector Qty./Module

DMFX_4_L1 100BaseFX One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8 fibers

DMGE_1_L1 13 1000BaseFX One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 2 fibers

DMGE_4_L1 14 1000BaseFX One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8 fibers

DMFX_4_L2 100BaseFX One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8 fibers

DMGE_4_L2 1000BaseFX One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8 fibers

DMXE_22_L2 GbE optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8 fibers
10GbE optical

Table 3-8: Optical fibers and mating connector data for EXT-2U

I/O module Interface type Fiber type Mating connector Qty./Module

S1_4 STM-1 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8

S4_1 STM-4 optical One pair of fiber patch cords LC male 2

MPS_2G_8F GbE optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 4

MPoE_12G GbE optical One pair of fiber patch cords per interface LC male 8

3.5 Work and Equipment Safety


NOTE: NPT-1030 equipment is intended for installation in restricted-access areas only.

NPT-1030 platforms contain power sources of varying voltages. Note the following guidelines when
installing the platforms:

Before you start:


 Ensure the integrity of the grounding connections.
 Make sure that sufficient lighting is available.
 Do not work on any equipment connected to a voltage source (DC or AC).
 Ensure that the maximum working temperature does not exceed 70°C.
 Use only insulated tools.
 Wear protective clothing as required by the requisite safety regulations.

13
Fibers are required when DMGE_1_L1 is working in SFP mode. Multimode fiber for 1000BaseSX, and single mode fiber for 1000BaseLX/ZX.
14
Fibers are required when DMGE_4_L1/DMGE_2_L2 interfaces are working in 1000BaseFX mode. The fiber type must be multimode.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-13


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

 Do not install or maintain equipment connected to external lines (for example, E1 tributaries) during
thunderstorms.
 Avoid contact with high-voltage sources when installing platforms, cards, and modules.
 Make sure you are familiar with the warning signals and labels on the equipment and strictly observe
the procedures needed to avoid the indicated hazards.

3.5.1 Grounding Requirements


All the equipment, including NPT-1030 platforms, ancillary units, and equipment from other vendors, must
be properly grounded at all times. Good equipment grounding is necessary to protect personnel and
equipment, minimize noise, and allow the discharge of accumulated static charges to earth.

3.5.1.1 Rack Grounding Requirements


Connect the rack to the site grounding bar with a ground cable according to ETSI recommendations
(top/bottom connection).
The rack is supplied with a main copper or brass grounding bolt welded to the rack frame. The grounding
stud is identified on the rack by the ground symbol label.
The rack grounding bolt must be connected to the site grounding bar by a 35 mm2 (2 AWG) grounding cable
or thicker, as short as possible, complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. The bolt must be free of paint.
The cable must be made of copper strands and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.

NOTE: If necessary, the gauge of the grounding lead can also be reduced to the gauge of the
RAP power leads.

The rack mounting rails must be free of paint and provide electrical continuity to the main grounding bolt.
The resistance between any rail and the rack main grounding bolt must be less than 0.1 Ω.
Pay particular attention to the area in which the RAP is attached. Remove paint from the rack in this area to
ensure efficient electrical contact.

CAUTION: Connect the RAP grounding bolt to the rack grounding bolt with a grounding cable
complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. The cable must include bolt terminals on both
ends and be securely fastened with a nut and a star washer.

3.5.2 DC Power Supply Requirements


The NPT-1030 and EXT-2U platforms require two power sources with a nominal voltage of -48 VDC. Each
power source is protected by a UL-listed circuit breaker installed in the RAP. The required circuit breakers
are included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment, and therefore, their current rating is
in accordance with the order.
The site operator must provide a readily accessible UL-listed disconnect device incorporated in the fixed
power wiring of the site. This device limits the maximum delivered current to a safe value.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-14


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

Table 3-9: NPT-1030 and EXT-2U circuit breaker data

Platform ID Platform-to-RAP Circuit breaker Quantity per platform


connection type amps
NPT-1030 8A  One for nonredundant powering
One cable per INF_B1U
input  Two for redundant powering

EXT-2U One cable per INF_E2U 16A  One for nonredundant powering
input  Two for redundant powering
Expanded set One Y cable per set 12A  One for nonredundant powering
(NPT-1030+EXT-2U)  Two for redundant powering

3.5.3 AC Power Supply Requirements


ECI offers the AC_PS-B1U AC/DC converter module for customers who require to power the NPT-1030 from
an AC power source. The AC_PS-B1U plugs directly into the NPT-1030 in the PSA and PSB slots (that is
regularly used to install two INFs when the platform is powered by DC) and provides up to 180 W.
When an extension platform, EXT-2U is also required to be fed from AC, the AC_PS-E2U module can be
used. The module plugs into the EXT-2U and provides up to 180 W.
The following table lists the recommended AC source circuit breakers for feeding the AC/DC convert units.

Table 3-10: NPT-1030 and EXT-2U recommended circuit breakers

Platform ID AC/DC converter module AC source circuit breaker (Amp.)


NPT-1030 AC_PS-B1U 3A
EXT-2U AC_PS-E2U 3A

3.5.4 Laser Safety Requirements


This section describes the laser safety requirements.

3.5.4.1 Laser Classification


The equipment and components with laser devices described in this manual comply with the International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) safety standards, including IEC-60825-1 - Safety of Laser Products
(AS/NZS 2211.2) and IEC-825 – Safety of Optical Fiber Communication Systems.
With specific regard to the laser, NPT-1030 equipment complies with laser product performance standards
set by government agencies for Class 1 laser products. The product and its accessories do not emit
hazardous light, and the beam is totally enclosed during all operating modes and maintenance.

LASER WARNING: When the NPT-1030 operates in conjunction with OM_BA or OM_ILA
optical amplifiers (installed in the EXT-2U) the NPT-1030's Laser classifications changes to
Hazard Class 1M Laser Product.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-15


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

3.5.4.2 Warning Labels for Laser Products


The following labels are affixed to the platform front panel. The labels indicate that the product is classified
as a Class 1 Laser Product.
Figure 3-2: Laser warning label

LASER WARNING: The NPT-1030 is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product.

LASER ATTENTION: APPAREIL ’A LASER DE CLASSE 1.

3.5.4.3 Laser Safety Statutory Warning


All personnel involved in equipment installation and maintenance must be aware that laser radiation is
invisible. Therefore, although protective devices generally prevent direct exposure to the beam, personnel
must strictly observe the applicable safety precautions and in particular must avoid staring into optical
connectors, either directly or through optical instruments.

3.5.4.4 Laser Device Operating Precautions


In addition to the general precautions described in this section, be sure to observe the following warnings
when operating a product equipped with a laser device. Failure to observe these warnings could result in
fire, bodily injury, and damage to the equipment.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-16


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

WARNING: To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation, note the following:
 When performing maintenance and other activities on equipment using lasers, it is
recommended that you use protection goggles for the wavelength range of 1300 nm to
1600 nm.
 Only authorized personnel must carry out hot insertion or swapping of an optical module
or optical interface module.
 To prevent irremediable damage to your eyes, avoid looking into the fiber when
hot-removing and/or inserting a fiber termination.
 Place plastic covers on module fiber ports and fiber terminations that are not currently in
use.
 Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures associated with the
laser device other than those specified herein.
It is strictly forbidden to interfere with any protective devices and interlocks that are used to
prevent direct exposure to the laser beam.

3.5.4.5 Laser Information


Information regarding the various optical modules available for the NPT-1030 platform is provided in the
following tables.

Table 3-11: LC transceivers laser information STM-4 SFP

Module Parameter Data


STM-4 SFP Laser designation S3 L3 L5
Operating wavelength (nm) 1310 1310 1550
Source type Single mode Single mode Single mode
Minimum mean launched power -15 -3 -3
(dBm)
Maximum mean launched power -8 +2 +2
(dBm)

Table 3-12: LC transceivers laser information STM-1/100BaseFX SFP

Module Parameter Data


STM-1 SFP Laser designation S3 L3 L5 BD 3 15 BD 5 16
Operating 1310 1310 1550 1310 1550
wavelength (nm)

15
Single-fiber bidirectional transceivers with a transmit wavelength of 1310 nm.
16
Single-fiber bidirectional transceivers with a transmit wavelength of 1550 nm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-17


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

Module Parameter Data


Source type Single mode Single Single Single Single
mode mode mode mode
Minimum mean launched -15 -5 -5 -14 -14
power (dBm)
Maximum mean launched -8 0 0 -8 -8
power (dBm)

Table 3-13: LC transceivers laser information GbE SFP (OTGBE)

Module Parameter Data


GbE SFP Laser designation SX LX EX
Operating 850 1310 1550
wavelength (nm)
Source type Multi mode Single mode Single mode
Minimum mean launched power -9.5 -11 0
(dBm)
Maximum mean launched power -3 -3 5
(dBm)

3.6 Protection against Electrostatic Discharge


This section provides guidelines regarding the protection of NPT-1030 equipment and its components
against electrostatic discharge (ESD) during handling, packing/unpacking, transport, installation,
commissioning, inspections, servicing, and maintenance.
Electronic equipment, assemblies, and components that are ESDS (electrostatic discharge sensitive) or
include sensitive items are identified by the basic ESD warning symbol shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-3: Basic ESD warning symbol

The information provided in this section is in line with CENELEC Electronic Components Committee (CECC)
specification CECC 00 015, which deals with protection of devices sensitive to ESD.
Most types of electronic equipment, assemblies, and components can be damaged by electrostatic
discharges. An ESD between two objects occurs when an object carrying static electrical charges touches or
is brought near another object.
Static electrical charges appear as a result of friction between surfaces of insulating materials or separation
of two such surfaces, and may also be induced by electrical fields. Routine activities such as walking across
an insulating floor, friction between garment parts, friction between objects, and so on, can easily build up
charges to levels that may cause damage, especially when humidity is low.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-18


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

In many cases, the build-up of charge can be avoided by using special materials, for example, garments and
packaging of antistatic materials or materials that have high resistance, but yet are not insulators.
The best way to avoid damage by ESD is a combination of means and procedures that achieves the
following goals:
 Avoids build-up of electrostatic charges
 Creates a protected work environment that helps prevent ESD
 Provides means for controlled discharge of any accumulated electrostatic charges when entering the
protected work environment

NOTE: An area in which ESDS can be handled with minimum risk of damage as a result of ESD
or fields, and in which the operator is not exposed to additional risks, is called an ESD
Protected Area (EPA).

3.6.1 Personnel Training


During production and assembly, equipment is handled in workspaces especially prepared and certified to
serve as a permanent EPA. However, in many cases, the environment in which the same equipment is
installed or maintained cannot be assumed to form an EPA with a permanently controlled boundary.
Therefore, all the work involving handling of unprotected ESD must be considered as field work.
Field work in this context includes such activities as service and maintenance, installation, site inspections,
and commissioning of components and assemblies classified as ESDS, together with associated packing and
unpacking activities.
All the staff involved in field work must be trained to perform their work in the same way as that performed
in permanent EPAs with respect to the material quality, personal responsibilities, training, labeling, and
packing.

3.6.2 Use of a Temporary EPA


Where necessary, use a temporary EPA. The EPA toolkit includes:
 Wrist strap with 1 M Ω series resistor
 Bonding strap with 1 M Ω series resistor
 ESD carpet (work surface), 0.25 m2 minimum
The temporary EPA must include temporary controlled work surfaces and/or flooring capable of providing
protection against ESD.

CAUTION: The temporary EPA must be constructed in a way that ensures electrical bonding of
all the materials used, and prevents the occurrence of any sudden changes in potential within
the EPA that could cause unacceptable voltages or discharges to be applied to ESDS.

The operator and any work surface and flooring must be bonded to ground equipotentially. For this
purpose, the work surface and wrist straps must be bonded either to a designated ground bonding point or
to the equipment being serviced.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-19


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

Whenever available, the mains’ ground serves as the ESD grounding facility.

WARNING: While the operator is within the temporary EPA, the minimum value of resistance
used for bonding to ground must limit the current to ground, produced by voltages accessible
to the operator, to limits specified as safe by the applicable regulations (see, for example,
CECC 00 015). The same approach is applicable to the surface resistance and resistance to
ground of materials used for temporary work surfaces and flooring.

To enable ESD bonding to ground of equipment racks and any other nonmoveable equipment containing
ESD, an ESD ground-bonding facility must be located near such equipment, or the equipment must be fitted
with a designated ground-bonding point presenting a resistance to ground not greater than 1 MΩ.

3.6.3 Work Arrangements within a Temporary EPA


To ensure that effective ESD protection is indeed achieved, the following arrangements must be observed
by persons entering and/or performing field work within a temporary EPA:
 All operators working within a temporary EPA must wear, as a minimum, an ESD antistatic protecting
garment made of cotton.
 If the extent of the temporary work area is such that the operator needs to walk and move within
that area, the floor of the area must be capable of providing protection against ESD.
 The operator must be bonded to ground at all times when handling ESDS.
 If it becomes necessary to remove ESDS equipment and transfer it to a temporary work surface away
from the other equipment, the ESDS must be given protective packaging unless equipotential bonding
to ground of the operator is maintained.
 An ESDS unit must be placed directly into protective packaging when it is removed from equipment. A
replacement ESDS must be kept in its protective packaging until required for immediate installation in
the equipment.
 The field service operator must ensure that the materials and tools necessary to maintain and control
the temporary EPA are available at the place of the field work at service time.
 All tools for use within the EPA must, as far as is practical, be constructed so that they do not
generate or hold an induced electrostatic charge.

3.7 Environmental and Health Concerns


ECI is committed to achieving high standards of environmental quality and product safety.
The International Standardization Organization (ISO) has developed the internationally recognized
standards ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. These are quality management standards that are administered by
independent accreditation and certification bodies.
ISO 9000 is a family of standards for quality management systems that has been accepted as a model when
assessing the adequacy of quality management systems. Some of the requirements in ISO 9001 (one of the
standards in the ISO 9000 family) include:
 Procedures that cover all key business processes
 Process monitoring to ensure effectiveness

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-20


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

 Adequate record-keeping
 Monitoring output for defects, with appropriate and corrective action where necessary
 Regular review of individual processes and the complete quality system as a whole
 Facilitating continual improvement
ISO 14000 is the international specification for an Environmental Management System (EMS). It specifies
requirements for establishing an environmental policy, determining environmental aspects and impacts of
products, activities, and services, planning environmental objectives and measurable targets,
implementation and operation of programs to meet objectives and targets, checking and corrective action,
and management review. ECI Quality and Environmental Management Systems were certified to these ISO
standards and are periodically audited by third-party organizations.
As a part of ECI’s environmental commitment and in pursuit of compliance with applicable environmental
legislation, ECI makes every effort to ensure that its products supplied to the EU market are compliant with
the RoHS Europe directive restricting use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic
equipment. ECI also requires RoHS compliance from all its suppliers. All new electrical and electronic
equipment delivered to locations within the EU do not contain any cadmium (Cd), lead (Pb), hexavalent
chromium compounds (Cr6+), mercury (Hg), polybrominated biphenyls (PBB), or polybrominated diphenyl
ethers (PBDE), subject to certain exemptions and limitations as outlined in the RoHS directive.
Without limiting the generality of the preceding statement, we wish to stress that use of lead in solders in
network infrastructure equipment has been exempted by the RoHS directive and may be found in certain
ECI products.
All equipment delivered to locations within the EU complies with the requirements of the RoHS Europe
directive. Similarly, ECI equipment is compliant with the RoHS California directive and RoHS Chinese
directive where relevant. All ECI equipment included in the Electronic Information Products (EIP) category
includes a table of Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Elements, verifying hazardous substance levels in
accordance with the RoHS China directive. Equipment documentation includes the appropriate
Environmental Protection Use Period (EPUP) lifespan symbol indicating the point in time when the
equipment may be expected to enter the recycling system. The following are examples of these pollution
control symbols.
Figure 3-4: Pollution control logos

NOTE: The number in Logo 2 is for illustrative purposes only. When in actual use, the number
indicates the corresponding environmental protection use period of the product.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-21


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Before You Start

ECI adheres to the Waste Electrical and Electronic equipment (WEEE) directive requiring that all new
products introduced into the EU market be labeled with the crossed-out wheeled bin recycling symbol
defined by CENELEC standard EN 50419 and accepted by the member states. Note that specific WEEE
procedures may differ from state to state, depending on the local implementation of the WEEE
requirements.
Figure 3-5: WEEE recycling symbol

Do not dispose of ECI equipment and accessories together with standard household waste. Check with ECI
technical support for information about product disposal, including recycling and reuse. For more
information about ECI's environmental, healths, and safety policy, see the quality policy pages on the ECI
website. (Environmental, Health, and Safety Policy)
For any further information regarding ECI's environmental and safety policies, please contact technical
support.

WARNING: The ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to national
laws and regulations.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 3-22


4 Installing Equipment

4.1 Overview
This chapter provides general instructions for installing the NPT-1030 and auxiliary equipment.
The procedures for equipment replacement and upgrades are similar to those for installation, and when
relevant, notes regarding live replacement or upgrade are inserted in these procedures.
Use the information in this chapter in conjunction with specific site installation plans in a particular
customer network. If you are interested in obtaining design or installation assistance from ECI’s Customer
Support team or wish to prepare a network installation plan, contact your ECI sales representative.
The NPT-1030 platforms, cards, modules, and ancillary equipment are described in the NPT Product Line
Reference Manual.

4.2 Preliminary Preparations


The installation procedures assume that:
 The sites at which installation is to be carried out comply with the requirements listed in Site
Preparation.
 The preliminary preparations specified in Before You Start have been completed.
Before you start, determine what equipment is to be installed in the rack by referring to the site installation
plan, and note the exact position of each unit. To avoid errors, it is recommended that you mark the
prescribed positions on the rack rails using a soft pencil.

4.3 Installation Sequence


Each component of the NPT-1030 system is supplied separately and must be installed in the correct
sequence according to the site plan.
A typical installation might include the equipment illustrated in the following figure. The different
components are described according to the installation steps.

NOTE: If you are not installing an FST for a particular NPT-1030 platform, it is recommended
that you leave empty space in the rack in case optical modules are added in the future. If you
are not installing an EXT-2U for a particular NPT-1030 platform, it is highly recommended that
you leave enough empty space (about 5 U) above the NPT-1030 platform in case one is added
in the future.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-1


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

CAUTION:
 If additional equipment is used in the rack, a heat buffer or a buffer plate must be
installed between such equipment and the NPT-1030 platform to minimize the transfer of
heat from platform to platform. This heat buffer must be purchased from ECI.
 During the installation of equipment in the rack, make sure all the optical connectors are
closed by protective caps. Do not remove the cap until an optical fiber is connected to the
corresponding connector.

Figure 4-1: Typical installation of a single NPT-1030 platform in a 2200 ETSI rack

NOTE: The FST must be installed below the NPT-1030. If the EXT-2U is not installed, reserve
space above the NPT-1030 for it.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-2


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Depending on the specific equipment being installed, the installation of a NPT-1030 system comprises the
following stages, listed in order of execution.

Table 4-1: Outline of typical NPT-1030 equipment installation sequence

Step Procedure
1 Install a rack (if required).

2 Unpack and perform a visual inspection.

3 Install ancillary equipment in the rack, including:


 RAP unit
 FST (optional)
 Optional ODF units
 Optional DDF units
 Optional ICP_MCP30 unit

4 Install the NPT-1030 platform in the rack.

5 Install the NPT-1030 modules in the NPT-1030 platform. NPT-1030 modules include:
2 x INF_B1U, 1 x FCU_1030, 1 x MCP30B, 2 x XIO30 cards (XIO30Q_1&4, XIO30_4, or
XIO30_16) and several Tslot modules (such as PME1_21 and DMFE_4_L1).

6 Install the SFP modules in the NPT-1030 platform (for XIO30 modules).

7 Route and connect all cables and fibers, including:


 Power and alarm cables
 Optical fibers to optical modules transceivers
 Traffic cables to electrical cards
 Data cables
 Timing cables
 Management cable

4.4 Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection


Before you start:
Before unpacking, make a preliminary inspection of the shipping boxes. Immediately report evidence of
damage to the carrier, the project manager, and your local ECI representative.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-3


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices


Proper handling and grounding precautions required
NPT-1030 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD. To prevent ESD damage, strictly
observe all the precautions listed in Protection Against Electronic Discharge. Keep parts and
cards in their antistatic packaging material until you are ready to install them.
The use of an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded equipment frame or rack is
recommended when handling cards and modules during installation, removal, or connection
to internal connectors.

To unpack the equipment:


1. Place the shipping boxes with the top upwards on a clean flat surface. Cut the sealing tape using a
short knife so as not to damage the internal items, and open the top flaps.
2. Remove the items contained in the box and inspect each one for damage. Check for loose parts or any
visual damage to the rack, platform, and auxiliary equipment. Also check the integrity of all the
connectors, leads, and cables.

NOTE: Do not remove plastic covers from optical connectors until optical cables are
connected to them.

3. Search the shipping boxes for any additional small items that may be present.
4. Open each of the module and card packages for inspection, but do not remove the modules/cards
from their individual protective packages until they can be inserted in the platform.
5. Check the contents of the shipping boxes against the packing list attached to each box. If damaged
parts are detected or if any parts are missing, notify the project manager and your local ECI
representative immediately.

4.5 Installation Options


It is recommended that NPT-1030 platforms be installed in ECI approved racks. These racks can be installed
on wooden, concrete, or suspended floors, or suspended from overhead mountings.
The following racks are supported:
 Standard 19”
 Standard ETSI
 Open frame

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-4


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

NOTE: NPT-1030 platforms can also be installed in


standard street cabinets. Consult ECI for more details.
By default, the NPT-1030 is shipped with 19” mounting brackets. If you are installing in an ETSI
rack, ETSI brackets must be ordered separately and replaced in the field.

You can install up to eight NPT-1030 platforms in a rack. A typical installation of four NPT-1030 platforms in
an ETSI 2200 rack is shown in the following figure.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-5


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Figure 4-2: Typical installation of four NPT-1030 platforms

If necessary, contact the ECI Customer Support team or your ECI sales representative for help in meeting
your specific installation requirements.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-6


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.6 Installing Ancillary Units in Racks


ECI offers various accessories for efficient and optimal installation in racks. Contact ECI’s Customer Support
team or your ECI sales representative for additional items or custom modifications to standard items.
The specific units you need to install depend on your site installation plan and may include one or more of
the following:
 RAP unit: For connecting up to four or eight NPT-1030 platforms (NPT-1030 with EXT-2U is counted as
two platforms) on the same rack, usually located at the top. See Installing the RAP-BG and Installing
the RAP-4B.
 FST: Located under the NPT-1030 platform, recommended for installations with a large number of
optical modules. See Installing the Fiber Storage Tray.
 ODF units: See Installing the ODF.
 xDDF-21: This unit must be installed for unbalanced E1 interfaces. See Installing the xDDF-21 Patch
Panel.
 ICP_MPC30: This unit is used to distribute the concentrated Auxiliary connector on the MCP30B panel
into dedicated connectors for each function. See Installing the ICP_MCP30.
 AC_CONV_UNIT: This unit is an AC power platform that can be mounted separately on the rack. See
Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT.
In general, ancillary units are attached to the rack side rails by four M6 Phillips screws. No preparation is
required before installation. The following sections provide mechanical installation instructions for units
that require additional procedures. Skip sections that are not relevant to your particular application.

CAUTION: If additional equipment (other than NPT-1030 platforms) is installed in the rack, a
heat buffer must be installed between such equipment and the NPT-1030 to minimize the
transfer of heat from platform to platform. Consult your ECI representative regarding the
exact heat buffer required.

4.6.1 Installing the RAP-BG


Before You Start:
Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables.
For a description of the RAP-BG, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.

To install the RAP-BG:


1. Prepare DC power cables.
2. Install the RAP-BG in the prescribed location.
3. Ground the RAP-BG to the rack grounding stud.
4. Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-BG.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-7


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

5. Connect the DC power cables of the NPT platforms to the RAP-BG.


6. Install circuit breakers.
7. Check power wiring.

4.6.1.1 Preparing DC Input Power Cables

NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for connecting DC power, the positive lead
(+48 V) must be connected with a red cable and the negative lead (-48 V) with a black cable.
However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead
must be connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray cable. In the following
sections that describe DC power cable connections, use cables of appropriate colors to comply
with the standards in your area of residence.

The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the RAP-BG source A and source B
inputs. Two cables are required, one for each source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with
a cross section of 50 mm2 (.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.

NOTE: When the RAP-BG provides power to a single NPT platform, lower gauge cables can be
used. See DC Power Cables for DC power cable requirements.

CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared at the prescribed rack location,
make sure that the leads are not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the
lugs.

To prepare a DC power cable:


1. Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.
2. Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3. Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate crimping tool and die.
The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720 crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping
tool with D50 die, or equivalent.
It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead jacket) between the cable lug
and the cable itself.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 above for the black lead.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-8


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.6.1.2 Installing the RAP-BG


The RAP-BG is attached to the rack side rails at the top position of the rack.

To install the RAP-BG


 Attach the RAP-BG to the side rails and secure it with the four screws, washers, and nuts supplied in
the installation parts kit.

To ground the RAP-BG:


1. The RAP-BG grounding stud is located on its rear cover, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 4-3: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud

2. If necessary, prepare a grounding lead in accordance with the requirements described in Grounding
Requirements.
3. Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-BG grounding stud, using a spring
washer and nut.
4. Connect the lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack grounding stud.

To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-BG:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-BG by referring to the
following figure.
Figure 4-4: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes

2. Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-BG front cover and remove the cover.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-9


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

3. Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board by referring to the
following figure (showing the terminals at source A side; a similar board is used at source B side).
Figure 4-5: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to identify the terminal polarity on
the RAP-BG power terminal board.

4. Bring the two leads of DC source A input power cable to the appropriate RAP-BG opening.
5. Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on the power terminal board
(see the previous figure).
6. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 1450 N cm
to 1600 N cm.
7. Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on the power terminal board
(see the previous figure).
8. Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9. If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for source B.
10. Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using cable ties.
During the following procedure, refer to the figures in Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG.

To connect the DC power cables to a platform:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-BG.
2. Insert the DC power cable end, terminated with lugs, of the NPT-1030 platform through the opening
for platform power cables connecting to source A. If more platforms are installed in the rack, start by
connecting the Platform 1 cable.
3. Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud terminal of Platform 1 on the
power terminal board.
4. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 320 N cm
to 350 N cm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-10


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

5. Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of Platform 1 on the power
terminal board.
6. Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.
7. Identify the platform's grounding terminals located on the inner side panel of the RAP-BG as shown in
the following figure.
Figure 4-6: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws

8. Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the ground stud terminal
located on the RAP-BG side panel.
9. Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.
10. If additional NPT-1030 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9 for each platform power
cable.
11. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the platforms to source B.
12. Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to the corresponding platform
position, and then securely attach the power cable to the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag
to each power connector in accordance with its function.

To install the RAP-BG circuit breakers:


1. If the RAP-BG front panel has not been removed, open the two captive screws fastening it to the
RAP-BG chassis and remove the cover.
Figure 4-7: RAP-BG front cover removal

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-11


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

2. Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to the power circuit A of Shelf 1 (the circuit breaker is
included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment; its rating is in accordance with the
ordered platform configuration).
Figure 4-8: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation

3. Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the RAP-BG source A power
terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4. If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert the circuit breakers into
the corresponding platform positions of the power terminal board.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 for source B circuit breakers.

To check DC voltage polarity:


1. Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see Grounding Requirements
).
2. Connect the DC input power to the RAP-BG.
3. Set all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to ON.
4. Use a digital multimeter (DMM) to test the voltage between the positive and negative contacts of
each power cable.
The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector contacts assembled on the
cable end connected to the NPT-1030 platform, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 4-9: Platform DC input power connector pin functions

5. Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC), and that it has the correct
polarity.
6. Return all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to OFF.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-12


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

7. Disconnect the RAP-BG input power sources.


8. Reinstall the RAP-BG front cover and fasten it using the two captive screws.

4.6.2 Installing the RAP-4B


Before You Start:
Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables.
For a description of the RAP-4B, see NPT series Reference Manual.

To install the RAP-4B:


1. Prepare DC power cables.
2. Install the RAP-4B in the prescribed location.
3. Ground the RAP-4B to the rack grounding stud.
4. Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-4B.
5. Connect the DC power cables of the NPT platforms to the RAP-4B.
6. Install circuit breakers.
7. Check power wiring.

4.6.2.1 Preparing DC Input Power Cables

NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for connecting DC power, the positive lead
(+48 V) must be connected with a red cable, and the negative lead (-48 V) with a black cable.
However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead
must be connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray cable. In the following
sections use cables of the colors to comply with the standards in your area of residence.

The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the RAP-4B source A and source B
inputs. Two cables are required, one for each source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with
a cross section of 50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.

NOTE: When the RAP-4B provides power to a single platform, lower gauge cables may be
used. See DC Power Cables for DC power cable requirements.

CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared at the prescribed rack location,
make sure that the leads are not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the
lugs.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-13


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

To prepare a DC power cable:


1. Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.
2. Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3. Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate crimping tool and die.
The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720 crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping
tool with D50 die, or equivalent.
It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead jacket) between the cable lug
and the cable itself.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the black lead.

4.6.2.2 Installing the RAP-4B


The RAP-4B is attached to the rack side rails at the top of the rack.

To install the RAP-4B:


 Attach the RAP-4B to the side rails and secure it with the four screws, washers, and nuts supplied in
the installation parts kit.

To ground the RAP-4B:

NOTE: The RAP-4B is supplied, by default, with a grounding cable connected to the rear of the
unit. Use this cable to connect ground to the RAP-4B.

1. The RAP-4B grounding studs are located on its rear cover as shown in the following figure.
Figure 4-10: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud

If a grounding cable is already attached to the RAP-4B, skip Steps 2 and 3.


2. If necessary, prepare a grounding lead (with a two-hole lug) as details described in Grounding
Requirements.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-14


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

3. Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-4B grounding studs, using spring
washers and nuts.
Figure 4-11: RAP-4B with grounding cable

4. Connect the two-hole lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack's grounding bar.

To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-4B:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-4B, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 4-12: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes

2. Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-4B front cover and remove it.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-15


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

3. Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board, as shown in the following
figure (showing source A side; a similar board is used at source B side).
Figure 4-13: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to identify the terminal polarity on
the RAP-4B power terminal board.

4. Bring the two leads of one DC source A input power cable to the appropriate RAP-4B opening.
5. Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on the power terminal board
(see the previous figure).
6. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 940 N cm
to 1060 N cm.
7. Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on the power terminal board
(see the previous figure).
8. Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9. If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for source B.
10. Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using cable ties.
During the following procedure, refer to the figure Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B.

To connect the DC power cable to a platform:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-4B.
2. Insert the DC power cable end terminated in lugs of the NPT-1030 platform through the opening for
power cables connecting to source A. If more platforms are installed in the rack, start by connecting
the Platform 1 cable.
3. Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud terminal of Platform 1 on the
power terminal board.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-16


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and M6 screw. Tighten the M6 screw with a torque
of 320 N cm to 350 N cm.
5. Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of Platform 1 on the power
terminal board.
6. Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.
7. Identify the platforms grounding terminals located on the inner side panel of the RAP-4B according to
the following figure.
Figure 4-14: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws

8. Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the ground stud terminal
located on the RAP-4B side panel.
9. Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.
10. If more NPT-1030 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9 for each platform power
cable.
11. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the platforms to source B.
12. Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to its corresponding platform, and
then securely attach the power cable to the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each
power connector in accordance with its function.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-17


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

To install the RAP-4B circuit breakers:


1. If the RAP-4B front panel has not been removed, open the two captive screws fastening it to the
chassis and remove the cover.
Figure 4-15: RAP-4B front cover removal

2. Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to power circuit A of Platform 1 (the circuit breaker is
included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment platform; its rating is in accordance
with the ordered platform configuration).
Figure 4-16: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation

3. Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the RAP-4B source A power
terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4. If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert the circuit breakers into
the corresponding platform positions of the power terminal board.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 above for source B circuit breakers.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-18


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.6.2.3 Checking DC Voltage Polarity

To check DC voltage polarity:


1. Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see Grounding
Requirements).
2. Connect the DC input power to the RAP-4B.
3. Set all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to ON.
4. Use a DMM to test the voltage between the positive and negative contacts of each power cable.
The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector contacts assembled on the
cable end connected to the NPT-1030 platform, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 4-17: Platform DC input power connector pin functions

5. Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC), and that it has the correct
polarity.
6. Return all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to OFF.
7. Disconnect the RAP-4B input power sources.
8. Reinstall the RAP-4B front cover and fasten it with the two captive screws.

4.6.3 Installing the FST


Install the FST 50 mm below the fiber guide. If additional equipment is installed below it, such as another
NPT-1030 platform, an additional 50 mm must be left free between the FST and such equipment.

To install the FST in the rack:


1. Attach the FST to the rack rails and secure it using the four supplied screws, washers, and nuts.
2. Prepare the necessary fibers according to the site cabling diagram and the detailed cabling diagrams
or tables of each platform. See the safety information in Work and Equipment Safety and Power
Supply Requirements.
3. Label the cables in accordance with the cabling diagrams or tables.
4. Thread the optical fibers into the conduits running along the front supports of the ETSI A rack, (or the
rack sidewalls in an ETSI B rack).
5. Push the button on the front panel of the FST to release the latch, and pull the FST towards you to
open it.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-19


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches with a click at the halfway position.
Pull it again to open it fully so that you can thread the fibers.

6. Thread the fibers into the FST, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 4-18: Threading optical fibers in the FST

NOTE: All optical fibers should be arranged in groups inside the FST and fastened with Velcro
strips.

7. Run the fibers up to the level of the corresponding optical connector.


8. Return the FST to the rack until it latches in place with a click.

CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the
appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective
cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install
a protective cap after a cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade
the optical transmission characteristics.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-20


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.6.4 Installing the ODF


Identify the prescribed ODF locations in the rack before performing the following procedures.
The ODF is supplied with two sets of rack mounting brackets: one for 19” and ETSI racks (for both ETSI A
and B), and the other for 23” 7-foot bay racks.

To attach the rack mounting brackets to the ODF:


 Refer to the following figure to identify the required set of rack mounting brackets, and attach each
bracket to the corresponding ODF side panel with three screws.
Figure 4-19: Attaching rack mounting brackets to the ODF

To connect optical fibers to the ODF:


1. Push the release button on the ODF front panel to the left to release the latch and pull it towards you.
The cover opens downwards.
Figure 4-20: ODF front panel

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-21


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Figure 4-21: ODF open view

2. Hold the end of the swing-out tray and pull it out to gain access to the ODF components.
3. Open the two cover thumb nuts and remove the protective cover from the ODF splice support.
4. Insert the external fibers cable through the protective tube.
Figure 4-22: ODF fiber routes

5. Route the fiber ends through the cable guides to the splice support area.
6. Identify the adapter panel pigtail to be spliced to each user fiber.
7. Insert splicing sleeves over the pigtail, splice the user fiber to the pigtail, and slide the splicing sleeve
over the splice.
8. Place the splicing sleeve in one of the slots in the splice support.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-22


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

NOTE: When more than 12 fibers are connected to the ODF, start by first filling the slots of
the lower splice support. After those slots are occupied, reinstall the top splice support and
continue filling the support slots.

9. After splicing all the fibers, reinstall the protective cover removed in Step 3.
10. Push the swing-out tray back into the unit.
11. Close the ODF front cover by pushing it up until it clicks to the unit.
12. See the “To attach the rack mounting brackets to the ODF” procedure, above, and secure the user
fibers with cable ties to the fiber fastening bracket at the rear of the ODF.

CAUTION: To prevent damage to fibers, do not tighten the cable ties.

To install ODF units in a rack:


 Install each ODF in the prescribed rack position and fasten it to the rack side rails with four screws.

4.6.5 Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel


The NPT-1030 only supports balanced E1s directly. For unbalanced E1s, install the xDDF-21 that provides
balanced-to-unbalanced conversion for 21 E1s. The number of xDDF-21 units to be installed with one
NPT-1030 unit is based on the number of PME1_21 modules (for the number of unbalanced E1s required).

To install an xDDF-21 patch panel:


1. Route the 100-pin SCSI cables leading from the E1 interfaces on the PME1_21 panel along the side of
the rack to the location where the xDDF-21 patch panel is to be installed.
2. Before you install the patch panel, connect the SCSI cables leading to the rear of the xDDF-21 patch
panel. The cables are marked J1 and J2 and must be connected to their respective connectors.
3. Attach the patch panel to the rack rails and secure using the four supplied screws, washers, and nuts.
4. Connect the traffic cables to the front of the xDDF-21 patch panel, and make a note of the
appropriate channels on the identification label on the inside of the panel door.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-23


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.6.6 Installing the PIM2_63 Cable Guide and Holder


The PIM2_63 cable guide and holder keeps the cable in the right position so that it does not interfere with
closing the rack's door. The cable guide must be installed above the NPT-1030 platform.

To install the PIM2_63 cable guide and holder:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the PIM2_63 cable guide and holder in the rack in accordance with
the rack installation plan.
2. Place the PIM2_63 cable guide and holder in the prescribed position and fasten the unit to the rack
side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.

4.6.7 Installing the ICP_MCP30


To distribute the concentrated Auxiliary connector on the MCP30B panel into dedicated connectors for
each function, an MCP30B interconnection panel (ICP) was developed. It is connected to the MCP30B
module through a back-to-back cable with 36-pin SCSI connectors on both sides. The ICP_MCP30 can be
installed anywhere in the rack.

To install an ICP_MCP30:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the ICP_MCP30 in the rack in accordance with the rack installation
plan.
2. Place the ICP_MCP30 in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in
place, and then fasten the platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.
Figure 4-23: Installing ICP_MCP30 in the rack

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-24


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.6.8 Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs


Three types of ICPs were developed to simplify installation and connection to customer termination
equipment. The ICP is connected to the SM_10E/EM_10E module using a special cable that spreads the
condensed cable to connector types commonly used for each service. Each ICP can serve one
SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. An ICP can be installed anywhere in the rack.

To install an SM_10E/EM_10E ICP:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the ICP in the rack in accordance with the rack installation plan.
2. Place the ICP in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place,
and then fasten the platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.
Figure 4-24: Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs in the rack

4.6.9 Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT


The AC_CONV_UNIT is an AC power platform that can be mounted separately in the rack. The
AC_CONV_UNIT is supplied with one set of combined rack mounting brackets for 19” and ETSI racks (for
both ETSI A and B racks).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-25


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

To install an AC_CONV_UNIT:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack in accordance with the rack
installation plan.
2. Place the AC_CONV_UNIT in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it
temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers,
and nuts.
Figure 4-25: Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack

4.7 Installing the NPT-1030 Platform in the Rack


Each NPT-1030 platform is supplied with two installed INF_B1U or INF_30BH modules, one installed
FCU_1030 module, and all other slots empty (Tslots are covered by blank panels if they are to remain
empty). The installation activities covered in this section include:
 Installing the Rail Stiffeners
 Attaching the NPT-1030 Platform in the Rack
 Grounding the NPT-1030 Platform
After these procedures, the NPT-1030 platform is ready for:
 Installing a Power Module in the NPT-1030
 Installing an FCU_1030 in the NPT-1030

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-26


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

 Installing an MCP30B/D Module


 Installing XIO30 Modules in the NPT-1030
 Installing Tslot Modules in the NPT-1030
 Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT
 Installing SFP Modules

4.7.1 Installing the Rail Stiffeners


If you install the, NPT-1030 in the rack without rail stiffeners, because of its weight, the rear side of the
platform is slightly lower than the front side. This makes installation of the EXT-2U very difficult. The rail
stiffeners ensure that the NPT-1030 is level after it is installed in the rack. Two rail stiffeners are shipped
along with the platform.

CAUTION: Rack stiffeners must be installed before installing the EXT-2U on the NPT-1030.

To install the rail stiffeners:


1. Locate the two rail stiffeners included as part of the NPT-1030 platform package.
2. Determine the position for the rail stiffener on the rack’s left side rail according to the position of the
NPT-1030 platform in the rack and in accordance with the rack installation plan.
3. Place the rail stiffener on the rear side of the rack’s left side rail.
4. Fasten the rail stiffener to the rack’s left side rail with two M6 screws and washers through the
uppermost and lowermost holes of the rail stiffener.
5. Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to install the second rail stiffener on the rack’s right side rail.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-27


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Figure 4-26: Installing rail stiffeners in the rack

4.7.2 Attaching the NPT-1030 Platform in the Rack

WARNING: Before starting, make sure the DC power is not connected to the rack and that the
circuit breakers in the RAP, if used, are set to OFF.

Before you start:


Review the grounding requirements specified in Before You Start. Obtain the required materials and make
sure to perform the grounding connections in accordance with these requirements.

To attach a NPT-1030 platform to an ECI recommended rack:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1030 platform in the rack in accordance with the rack
installation plan.
2. Place the NPT-1030 platform in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it
temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform to the rack side rails (to the second and third
lowest screws in the rail stiffeners) with four M6 screws and washers.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-28


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.7.3 Grounding the NPT-1030 Platform


Before you start:
Review the grounding requirements specified in Preparing Cables and Fibers. Obtain the required materials
and make sure to perform the grounding connections in accordance with these requirements.

To ground the NPT-1030 platform:


 Connect the platform to the rack using rack mounting brackets. Grounding is provided by contact of
the unit with the rack.

4.7.4 Identifying Slots in the NPT-1030


The NPT-1030 platform includes the following slots:
 Two power supply module slots
 One MCP30 slot
 Two XIO30 card slots
 One fan unit slot
 Three traffic card slots (Tslots)
The following figure illustrates the slots arrangement.
Figure 4-27: NPT-1030 slots

The following table lists the modules that can be configured in each slot.

Table 4-2: NPT-1030 modules

Name Applicable slots in NPT-1030


DC PSA DC PSB AC PS MS XS A XS B TS 1# TS 2# TS 3# FS

INF_B1U √ √

INF_30BH √ √

AC_CONV_30B √

AC_CONV_30BH √

FCU_1030 √

MCP30B √

XIO30_4 √ √

XIO30Q_1&4 √ √

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-29


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Name Applicable slots in NPT-1030


DC PSA DC PSB AC PS MS XS A XS B TS 1# TS 2# TS 3# FS

XIO30_16 √ √

PME1_21 √ √ √

PME1_63 √ √ √

PM345_3 √ √ √

SMD1B √ √ √

SMQ1 √ √ √

SMQ1&4 √ √ √

SMS4 √ √ √

SMD4 √ √

SMS16 √ √ √

DMEoP_4 √ √ √

DMFE_4_L1 √ √ √

DMFX_4_L1 √ √ √

DMGE_1_L1 √ √ √

DMGE_4_L1 √ √

DMFE_4_L2 √ √ √

DMFX_4_L2 √ √ √

DMGE_4_L2 √ √

DMXE_22_L2 √ √

DMCES1_4 √ √

All cards support live insertion. Except for the INF_B1U, INF_30BH, and FCU_1030, all modules have the
same dimensions. During module installation, refer to NPT-1030 slots and the list of NPT-1030 modules in
the table above, to ensure that you are inserting modules into their applicable slots. Modules are designed
so that they cannot be inserted into the wrong slot.

CAUTION: The mechanics in the platform and module panels block the insertion of a module
into an incorrect slot. When inserting a module, if resistance is felt before the connectors are
flush, check whether it is inserted into the correct slot. Do not exert excessive force to insert
the module, as this may damage the NPT-1030 platform and the module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-30


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.7.5 Installing a Power Module in the NPT-1030


The NPT-1030 platform must have two DC power modules (INF_B1U or INF_30BH) or one AC power
module (AC_CONV_30B) installed in the power module slot, and is always shipped with power module
already installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the power module.
Figure 4-28: Installing a power module in the NPT-1030

To install a power module in the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the INF_B1U or INF_30BH module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card
guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1030
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-31


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.7.6 Installing an FCU_1030 in the NPT-1030


The NPT-1030 platform must have one Fan Control module (FCU_1030) installed in the FCU slot, and is
shipped with the module already installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the
module.
Figure 4-29: Installing an FCU_1030 module in the NPT-1030

To install an FCU_1030 module in the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the FCU_1030 module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1030
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

4.7.7 Installing an MCP30B/D Module


The NPT-1030 platform is always delivered without the MCP30B installed. It must therefore be installed in
the field.
A pluggable CF card is installed inside the MCP30B/D, as shown in the following figure.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-32


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Figure 4-30: Location of the CF card inside the MCP30B/D

The MCP30B/D cannot work without a proper CF card. Use only CF cards supplied by ECI. The MCP30B/D is
always delivered without the CF card, so it must be installed in the field. The installation of the MCP30B/D
includes the following steps:
 Installing a CF card in the MCP30B/D
 Installing the MCP30B/D in the NPT-1030 platform

To install a CF card in the MCP30B/D:


Figure 4-31: Installing a CF card into the MCP30B/D

1. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the CF card and insert the rear end of the card into the CF slot of the MCP30B/D. The obtuse
angle of the card must be placed towards the slot near the panel side.
4. Push the CF card in until it clicks in place.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-33


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

To install an MCP30B/D module in the NPT-1030 platform:


Figure 4-32: Installing an MCP30B module in the NPT-1030

1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the MCP30B/D module extractor and insert the rear end of the power module into the card
guides of the MS slot.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1030
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a screwdriver.

4.7.8 Connecting Power and Alarm Cables to a DC Power


Source

To connect power and alarm cables:


1. Route the power cables leading from the RAP along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1030
platform.

NOTE: For further details about the RAP installation procedure, see Installing the RAP-BG or
Installing the RAP-4B.

2. Connect the end of the DC power cable from one source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type female
connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the DC power connector
on one INF_B1U or INF_30BH.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-34


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

3. Connect the end of the DC power cable from the second source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type
female connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the DC power
connector on the second INF_B1U or INF_30BH.

NOTE: When an expanded platform (EXT-2U above the NPT-1030) is installed, use a dual feed
high power cable (Y-cable) to connect the DC power. This cable enables to connect power to
both units from one output on the RAP, saving one circuit breaker and the need to use two
separate power cables.

4. Route the alarm cable leading from the RAP along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1030
platform (if an ICP_MCP30 is not installed) or to the appropriate ICP_MCP30, if installed.
5. Connect the free ends of the alarm cable, in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable
tags, to the Auxiliary connector on the MCP30B (if an ICP_MCP30 is not installed) or the Alarms
connector on the front panel of the ICP_MCP30, if installed.
6. Secure the cable connector to the MCP30B or ICP_MCP30 connector with the cable connector screws.
Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an
adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.

4.7.9 Installing XIO30 Modules in the NPT-1030


Each NPT-1030 platform must have two XIO30 modules installed. For a list of available XIO30 modules and
their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
The NPT-1030 platform is always delivered without XIO30 modules, so they must be installed in the field.
Figure 4-33: Installing an XIO30 module in the NPT-1030

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-35


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

To install an XIO30 in the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the XIO30 extractor and insert its rear end into the module guides of one of the XS slots.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1030
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

4.7.10 Installing Tslot Modules in the NPT-1030


The NPT-1030 platform has three Tslots which are empty upon delivery (covered by blank panels). The
modules must therefore be installed in the field according to the site installation plan.
For a list of available Tslot modules and their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference
Manual.

NOTES:
 The DMXE_22_L2 is not supported in slot TS1 of the NPT-1030.
 Always install the DMXE_22_L2 on the left slots (near as possible to the fan units).

Figure 4-34: Installing a Tslot module in the NPT-1030

To install a Tslot module in the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Loosen the two screws of the Tslot blank panel and remove it.
2. Check that the Tslot module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-36


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

3. Remove the Tslot module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to
detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4. Hold the Tslot module extractor and insert its rear end into the module guides.
5. Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1030 platform. If
resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
6. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

4.7.11 Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the


AC_CONV_UNIT
The AC_CONV_UNIT has two slots for installing AC_CONV_MODULEs. The AC_CONV_MODULE slots are
empty upon delivery (covered by blank panels) and the modules must therefore be installed in the field
according to the site installation plan.
Figure 4-35: Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT

To install an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT:


1. Loosen the two screws of the AC_CONV_UNIT blank panel and remove it.
2. Check that the AC_CONV_MODULE has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the
antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3. Remove the AC_CONV_MODULE from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual
inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4. Hold the AC_CONV_MODULE extractor and insert its rear end into the module guides.
5. Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of the AC_CONV_UNIT. If
resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
6. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-37


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.7.12 Installing SFP Modules


All XIO30 modules are shipped without SFP modules. Relevant SFPs must be installed in the field according
to the field installation plan.
ECI supplies field-replaceable SFP transceivers in all optical interfaces and electrical STM-1 interfaces. Hot
swapping is allowed, provided you observe safety precautions described in Before You Start.

NOTE: Only SFP modules supplied by ECI can be used in the NPT-1030. Otherwise, the laser in
the SFP module will always shut down.

Figure 4-36: Installing an SFP/XFP module in the NPT-1030

To install an SFP module:


1. Check that the SFP has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the SFP from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Insert the rear end of the SFP module plug-in into the prescribed position, and push slowly backward
to mate its rear connector with the corresponding optical interface module connector until the
transceiver clicks into place. If you feel resistance before the transceiver plug-in is fully inserted,
retract the transceiver and repeat the insertion.
4. Lock the SFP module by closing the buckle (applicable if the module has a locking mechanism).
5. Repeat Steps 1 to 4 for other SFPs (if required).

4.8 Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack


A very important differentiator of the NPT-1030 is that it consists of NPT-1030 and EXT-2U platforms, thus
providing a better pay-as-you-grow solution. The NPT-1030 covers a large number of applications. If you
need more add-drop capacity and additional functionality, such as Ethernet L2 and PCM, a EXT-2U can be
added. The EXT-2U supports live insertion and can be installed at any time without affecting the traffic
running on the NPT-1030. The EXT-2U can also be installed when installing the NPT-1030.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-38


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Each EXT-2U platform is supplied with a power module slot and all extension slots, initially empty. The
three extension slots are covered by a cover panel.
The installation procedures described in this section include:
 Installing the H Connector
 Installing the EXT-2U Platform on the NPT-1030 Platform
 Attaching the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack
After these procedures have been completed, the EXT-2U platform is ready for:
 Installing Power Modules in the EXT-2U
 Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U
 Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U
 Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E/EM_10E
 Installing Modules in the OBC

WARNING: Before installing the EXT-2U, make sure the DC power cable is not connected to
the EXT-2U, and that the circuit breakers in the RAP, if used, are set to OFF.

CAUTION: Before adding the EXT-2U platform to the NPT-1030, ensure that the rail stiffeners
have been installed. If not, it is highly recommended that you first remove the NPT-1030 from
the rack and install the rail stiffeners before proceeding with the installation. See Installing the
Rail Stiffeners.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-39


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.8.1 Installing the H Connector


The H connector connects the NPT-1030 and EXT-2U platforms.
Figure 4-37: Installing the H connector

To install the H connector:


1. Remove the cover plate by releasing the two screws.
2. Fasten the pilot pin into the screw hole by hand.
3. Insert the H connector assembly into the internal connectors, and then fasten it on the cover by
screwing in its two handles.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-40


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.8.2 Installing the EXT-2U Platform on the NPT-1030


Platform
The EXT-2U platform is mounted on top of the NPT-1030 platform using the H connector.
Figure 4-38: Installing the EXT-2U

To install the EXT-2U platform on the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Fasten the two pilot pins for the EXT-2U onto the cover by hand.
2. Mount the EXT-2U on the NPT-1030 using the vertical pilot pins and holes at the bottom of the
EXT-2U.
3. Ensure that the connectors for the H connector and the EXT-2U are perfectly matched.
4. Insert the six snap rivets into the holes on the bottom of the EXT-2U.
5. Verify that the caps of the rivets are flat on the bottom of the EXT-2U.
6. Fasten the four fastener screws (SST PH M6 x 16) to the mounting flange of the EXT-2U.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-41


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.8.3 Disassembling the EXT-2U from the NPT-1030


The following is the correct way to disassemble the EXT-2U from the NPT-1030 platform. The EXT-2U is
attached to the NPT-1030 with six snap rivets; you must first remove these rivets before removing the
EXT-2U. It is recommended to use a thin flat tool (like a screwdriver) to raise the rivet caps first, and then
remove them.
Figure 4-39: Removing the EXT-2U from the NPT-1030

To disassemble the EXT-2U from the NPT-1030:


1. Insert a thin flat-head screwdriver under the rivet cap.
Figure 4-40: Inserting the thin flat-head tool

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-42


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

2. Raise the rivet cap by the screwdriver.


Figure 4-41: Raising the rivet cap

3. Remove the rivet with your hand.


Figure 4-42: Removing the rivet

4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to remove the other rivets.


5. Raise the EXT-2U from the NPT-1030 and remove it.
6. Disassemble the pin guides and the H connector from the NPT-1030.

4.8.4 Attaching the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack


The EXT-2U platform can be mounted on the rack after it has been assembled with the NPT-1030 or added
to a NPT-1030 platform already mounted in the rack.

To attach an EXT-2U platform to an ECI recommended rack:


 Fasten the EXT-2U platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts. EXT-2U
platform grounding is achieved by contact when connecting the platform to the rack using rack
mounting brackets.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-43


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.8.5 Identifying Slots in the EXT-2U


The layout of the EXT-2U is shown in the following figures.
Figure 4-43: EXT-2U regular slots layout

Figure 4-44: EXT-2U slots layout with ES 3# extended

The figures show two possible arrangements for the EXT-2U. The upper is the regular layout; the lower is
very similar but with an extension arrangement for the uppermost slot (ES 3#).
The EXT-2U platform consists of the following slots:
 Two slots (PS A and PS B) for installing two DC power supply modules
 One slot (FS) for installing a fan module
 Three slots (ES 1#, ES 2#, ES 3#) for accommodating expansion traffic card (Eslots)
 Slot ES 3# (can be extended) for housing a long card (TP63_1)
The following table lists the modules supported in V4.0 that can be configured in each slot.

Table 4-3: EXT-2U modules

Name Applicable slots in EXT-2U

PS A PS B AC PS ES 1# ES 2# ES 3# ES 3# Extended FS

INF_E2U √ √

FCU_E2U √

AC_CONV_30E √

SM_10E √ √ √

PE1_63 √ √ √

P345_3E √ √ √

S1_4 √ √ √

S4_1 √ √ √

MPS_2G_8F √ √ √

MPoE_12G √ √ √

DMCE1_32 √ √ √

OBC √ √ √

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-44


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Name Applicable slots in EXT-2U

TP21_2 √ √ √

TPS1_1 √ √ √

TPEH8_1 √ √ √

TP63_1 √

TPEH8_1 √

4.8.6 Installing Power Modules in the EXT-2U


The EXT-2U platform must have power modules installed in the power module slot, either two INF_E2Us
(DC power supply) or one AC_CONV_30E (AC power supply) can be configured according to the site
installation plan. The EXT-2U platform is always shipped with the power module slot empty.
Figure 4-45: Installing a power module in the EXT-2U

To install a power module in the EXT-2U:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Insert the rear end of the power module into the card guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the EXT-2U
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a screwdriver.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-45


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.8.7 Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U


The EXT-2U platform must have one Fan Control module (FCU_E2U) installed in the FCU slot. The EXT-2U is
always shipped with an FCU_E2U module installed. The procedure in this section therefore describes
replacing the module.
Figure 4-46: Installing FCU_E2U in EXT-2U

To install an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the FCU_E2U module extractor and insert the rear end of the power module into the card
guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the EXT-2U
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a screwdriver.

4.8.8 Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U


Extension cards are installed in Eslots according to the site installation plan.
For a list of available extension cards and their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference
Manual.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-46


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Figure 4-47: Installing an extension card in the EXT-2U

CAUTION: When installing a MPoE_12G card the total PoE power budget is up to 50 W.

To install an extension card in the EXT-2U:


1. Identify the Eslot in which you want to install the extension card according to the site installation
plan.
2. Loosen the two screws on the Eslot cover and remove it.
3. Check that the extension card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the
antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
4. Remove the extension card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to
detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
5. Hold the extension card handles and insert its rear end into the card guides.
6. Push the card in until the front of the card is flush with the front of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance
is felt, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
7. Secure the card in place by fastening its two captive screws.

NOTE: Extension cards support live insertion. They can be installed at any time without
affecting the existing traffic running on the NPT-1030 or EXT-2U.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-47


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.8.9 Installing Long Cards in the EXT-2U


Long cards (like TP636_1 or TPEH8_1) require the expanded ES 3 # slot for their installation. For a list of
available IOP cards and their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.

Before you start


Before installing a long card, remove the blank panel, covering the additional expansion space to the left of
slot ES 3# and the card guide at the left side of the slot.

To prepare the extension of the ES 3# slot:


1. Open the two screws fastening the blank panel to the left of slot ES 3#, and remove it.
Figure 4-48: Removing the blank panel

2. Open the FH M1.6 screw fastening the card guide in the left side of ES 3#, and remove it.
Figure 4-49: Removing the card guide

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-48


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

WARNING: Prevent the card guide touching other cards, while the system is operating.

To install a long card in the EXT-2U:


1. Identify the ES 3# slot in which to install the long card according to the site installation plan (must be
ES 3#).
2. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3. Remove the long card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to
detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4. Hold the card handles and insert its rear end into the card guides.
Figure 4-50: Installing a long card in the EXT-2U

5. Push the card in until the front of the card is flush with the front of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance
is felt, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
6. Fasten the three captive screws on the card panel and secure it in place.

NOTE: Long cards support live insertion. They can be installed at any time without affecting
the existing traffic running on the EXT-2U.

4.8.10 Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E/EM_10E


The SM_10E/EM_10E consists of a base card and up to three traffic modules. For a list of available traffic
modules and their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
The SM_10E/EM_10E card is supplied without a traffic module installed; the corresponding slots are
covered by blank panels.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-49


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

The following traffic modules are supported in the SM_10E/EM_10E:


 SM_FXO_8E
 SM_EM_24W6E
 SM_V24E
 SM_V35_V11
 SM_CODIR_4E
 SM_OMNI_E
 SM_C37.94S
Figure 4-51: Installing traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E

To install a traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E card:


1. Loosen the two screws fastening the blank panel to the SM_10E/EM_10E front, and remove it.
2. Check that the traffic module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the
antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3. Remove the traffic module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to
detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4. Hold the traffic module handle and insert its rear end into the traffic module slot guides.
5. Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of the SM_10E/EM_10E. If
resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
6. Fasten the module in place with its two captive screws.

NOTE: SM_10E/EM_10E modules support live insertion. They can be installed at any time
without affecting existing traffic running on the platform, including the SM_10E/EM_10E.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-50


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.8.11 Installing Modules in the OBC


The Optical Base Card (OBC) is an extension card that can be installed in the EXT-2U shelf. For the
installation of the OBC in the EXT-2U refer to Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U. The OBC has two
sub-slots for installing optical modules, and one narrower slot for installing DCM modules. The following
procedure describes the installation of modules in the OBC.
The following optical modules are supported in the OBC:
 OM_BA
 OM_PA
 OM_ILA
 OM_DCMxx
Figure 4-52: Installing a module in the OBC

To install a module in the OBC:


1. Identify the slot in which you want to install the module according to the site installation plan.
2. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4. Hold the module handle and insert its rear end into the card guides.
5. Push the module in until the front of the card is flush with the front of the OBC. If resistance is felt,
pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
6. Secure the module in place by fastening its two captive screws.

4.9 Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1030


Shelf
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables must be routed along the
sides of the rack. All optical fibers must be routed through the conduits running along the front supports of
the rack. Electrical traffic and other cables (DC, alarm, management, timing, and so on) must be routed
along the side of the rack, and held in place with cable ties.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-51


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.9.1 Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules


Before installing the NPT-1030 platform and modules, all optical fibers must be routed through the
conduits running along the front supports of the ECI recommended rack into the FST under the NPT-1030
platform being installed, and threaded into the FST. For more information, see Installing the Fiber Storage
Tray.
All optical fibers in the NPT-1030 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the optical SFP, XFP,
SFP+, or CSFP transceivers on the front panel of the modules.

CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the
appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective
cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install
a protective cap after a cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade
the optical transmission characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to an SFP module:


1. Push the button on the front panel of the FST to open the latch and pull the FST out towards you.
2. Slowly pull the end of the appropriate fiber to release enough fiber from the tray.

NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches with a click at the halfway position.
If you cannot release the fiber in the halfway position, pull the tray again to open it fully.

3. Thread the end of the fiber through the rack slots to the optical transceiver LC connector on the
designated module. Leave some slack to prevent stress.
4. Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers using an approved cleaning kit.
5. Remove the cover from the optical transceiver. Connect the fiber connector to the LC connector on
the optical transceiver.
6. Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for all optical modules in the NPT-1030 platform.
7. When you have completed the connection of all optical modules, gently push the FST back into the
rack until it clicks into place.

4.9.2 Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface Cables to


the NPT-1030
Information in this section supplements that regarding the connection of power, alarm, and grounding
cables described in previous sections.
Connect the cables to the equipment connectors according to the information appearing in the relevant
cabling diagrams or tables. To identify the physical location of connectors, see the equipment panel figures
in the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-52


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.9.2.1 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for Balanced E1 Interfaces


E1 cables are used for connecting the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces on the PME1_21 panel. Each cable
consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs (transmit and receive) supporting 21 E1s. The cable end connecting
to the PME1_21 module is terminated with a 100-pin SCSI male connector.

To connect E1 cables to the PME1_21:


1. Arrange the E1 traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2. Pull each E1 cable down to the level of the NPT-1030 platform.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use
cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4. Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the PME1_21 module with the appropriate DDF
connections.
5. Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connectors on the PME1_21 front panel.
6. Secure the cable connector to the PME1_21 connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector as this may
damage the PME1_21.

4.9.2.2 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for Unbalanced E1 Interfaces


The PME1_21 can only provide balanced E1s directly. For unbalanced E1s, the xDDF-21 patch panels must
be installed with the NPT-1030. Each xDDF-21 provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion for 21 E1s.
The cable between the PME1_21 and the xDDF-21 (supplied by ECI) consists of 21 E1 twisted pairs (transmit
and receive) supporting 21 balanced E1s. The cable end connecting to the PME1_21 is terminated with a
100-pin SCSI male connector. The cable end connecting to the xDDF-21 is terminated with two 50-pin SCSI
male connectors.

To connect E1 cables between the NPT-1030 and the xDDF-21:


1. Arrange the E1 traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2. Pull the 100-pin SCSI end of the cable down to the level of the NPT-1030 platform.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use
cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4. Connect the cable connector to the E1 connectors on the front panel of the PME1_21 module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-53


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

5. Secure the cable connector to the PME1_21 connectors with two cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
6. Pull the 2 x 50-pin SCSI end of the cable to the level of the xDDF-21.
7. Bend the cables and thread them through the side cable guides of the rack and through the
appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate
place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
8. Connect the cable connector marked J1 to the 50-pin SCSI connector on the xDDF-21 panel marked
J1. Connect the cable connector marked J2 to the 50-pin SCSI connector on the xDDF-21 panel
marked J2.
9. Secure the cable connectors to the xDDF-21 connectors with two cable connector screws for each
connector. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an
adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the PME1_21.

To connect E1 cables between the xDDF-21 and the external DDF:


 Coaxial cables are used for connecting unbalanced E1s between the xDDF-21 and the external DDF. A
pair of coaxial cables is used for each E1 and can be prepared on site. The cable end connecting to the
xDDF-21 is terminated with a DIN 1.0/2.3 connector. The connector on the other end of the cable
depends on the connector used in the external DDF. For the connection of coaxial cables, see Routing
and Connecting Coaxial Cables.

4.9.2.3 Traffic Cable for PME1_63


The PME1_63 has a special 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting to its 63 x E1 interfaces. A
special cable offered by ECI is used to make the connection.
The cable is constructed of three main parts:
 Double 136-pin VHDCI male connector with three pairs of 30AWG cable tails
 Conversion cable-size box
 Three pairs of 26 AWG cables

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-54


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

Figure 4-53: PME1_63 traffic cable

The three 30 AWG cable pairs connect on one side to the double 136-pin VHDCI connector and on the other
side to the conversion box. The conversion box connects the three 30 AWG cable pairs and three pairs of 26
AWG cables, making the wire-size conversion. The 26AWG cables are connected at the other end to the
customer's DDF. Each cable in a pair is bonded to the other, shaping a figure-eight pattern.
Each pair of the 26 AWG cables carries 21 E1s, totaling 63 E1s. To facilitate identification of the E1 groups,
each cable pair is marked with color strips along its jacket according to the following key:
 First pair, E1s Nos. 1 to 21 - red strips
 Second pair, E1s Nos. 22 to 42 - blue strips
 Third pair, E1s Nos. 43 to 63 - yellow strips

4.9.2.4 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables to the PME1_63


The PME1_63 has a 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting to its 63 x E1 interfaces. A special cable
offered by ECI is used to make the connection, see Traffic Cable for PME1_63. The connector on the cable
has a pin guide that must be inserted into the corresponding hole, to the lower left side of PME1_63
connector.
A cable guide and holder installed above the NPT platform helps route the special PME1_63 cables neatly.
This unit makes it possible keep the cable path the short route between the module on the platform and
the conversion box (on the cable).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-55


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

To connect the PME1_63 traffic cable:


1. Identify the pin guide on the traffic cable connector and the corresponding hole on the PME1_63 and
insert it.
2. Gently push the cable connector into the corresponding PME1_63 connector. If resistance is felt
before the connectors mate, pull the connector out and repeat the procedure.
3. Secure the connector in place by tightening its four captive screws.
Figure 4-54: PME1_63 traffic cable installation

To route the PME1_63 traffic cable:


1. Bend the cables from the connector installed in the previous procedure towards the cable guide and
holder unit (see the preceding figure).
2. Insert a Velcro strip into the corresponding holes in the cable guide, route the cables through the strip
and tighten the strip on the cables.
3. Place the cable conversion box on the NPT platform.
4. Route the 26AWG cables coming from the conversion box to the rack side rails and tighten them to
the rails with cable ties.
5. Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the PME1_63 with the appropriate DDF connections.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-56


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.9.2.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used for connecting the interfaces located on the electrical STM-1 SFPs on the
XIO30_1 and the xDDF-21.
As part of the site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant DDF (if used) to the
intended rack location and connected to DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Cable length must be sufficient to routine
the cables to the appropriate level in the rack.

To connect individual coaxial traffic cables to the NPT-1030 or xDDF-21:


1. Based on the site cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the designated
electrical interfaces and route them along the guides at the side of the rack to the appropriate
NPT-1030 or xDDF-21 unit.
2. Cut excess cable length, if necessary.
3. Connect the NPT-1030 or xDDF-21 end of the cables to DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors and the other end to
the relevant coaxial cable connector, crimping the cable as required.
4. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack so that the cable connector is
positioned at the level of the appropriate adapter. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to
the rack side rails.
5. Connect the connector on the cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the NPT-1030 or
xDDF-21.
6. Connect the connector on the other end of cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the
external DDF.

4.9.3 Connecting I/O Protection Cables in the NPT-1030


Up to two traffic slots in the EXT-2U can be configured with protection cards to add I/O protection
capabilities to the platform.
The protection card is connected to both operating and protection I/O modules in the NPT-1030 or EXT-2U
platform.
If a failure is detected in one of the operating I/O modules, the MCP30 switches the traffic to the protection
module.
The protection card is connected to the main and protection I/O modules by traffic cables, and the client's
traffic is connected directly to the protection card.
Protection cards support the electrical PDH and SDH modules with the following protection schemes:
 1:1 protection scheme - one protection module/card is connected to a single I/O module/card
 1:2 protection scheme - one protection module/card is connected to one or two I/O modules/cards
The EXT-2U connects to a connector on top of the NPT-1030 platform that provides the power and control
buses required for the protection card operation.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-57


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

The available protection cards are:


 TP21_2
 TP63_1
 TPS1_1
The following table summarizes the available Tributary Protection cards (TP)s, the type of I/O modules they
protect, the traffic rate, and the protection scheme.

Table 4-4: Protection and protected cards summary

Protection card type Protected I/O Traffic rate Protection scheme


module/card
TP21_2 PME1_21 2 Mbps 1:2
TP63_1 PE1_63/3 x PME1_21 2 Mbps 1:1
TPS1_1 PM345_3, P345_3E, 34/45 Mbps, 155 1:1
XIO30-4, XIO30Q_1&4, Mbps
SMQ1&4

4.9.3.1 Protection Jumper Cables for I/O Cards


ECI has defined a set of protection jumper cables to be used with the various NPT-1030 protection cards.
They include:
 L114 - for TP21_1 operating in 1:2, or 1:1 protection schemes (one PME1_21 protecting two
PME1_21, or one PME1_21 protecting one PME1_21).
 L123 - for TP63_1 cards operating in 1:1 protection scheme with PE1_63 cards (one PE1_63 protecting
one PE1_63).
 L128 - for TP63_1 cards operating in 1:1 protection scheme with three PME1_21 modules and one
PE1_63 card (one PE1_63 protecting three PME1_21 modules).
 L127 - for TPS1_1 cards operating in 1:1 protection scheme with different STM-1 or DS-3/E3
cards/modules (one SMQ1&4, or XIO30Q_1&4, or PM345_3, or P345_3E card/module protecting one
card/module of the same type).
The following sections detail the structure and usage of each cable.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-58


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.9.3.2 Protection Jumper Cable for TP21_2 (L114)


The L114 protection jumper cable is used to connect the TP21_2 to PME1_21 in 1:2 or 1:1 protection
schemes.
The jumper cable has a dual VHDCI 68-pin male connector on one end and a SCSI 100-pin male connector
on the other.
Figure 4-55: L114 protection jumper cable schematic diagram

Use the cable as follows:


 3 x L114 cables for 1:2 protection with the TP21_2 card (one PME1_21 (standby) module protects two
PME1_21 (operating) modules).
 2 x L114 cables for 1:1 protection with the TP21_2 card (one PME1_21 (standby) module protects one
PME1_21 (operating) module).

4.9.3.3 Protection Jumper Cables for TP63_1 (L123 and L128)


The L123 protection jumper cable is used to connect the TP63_1 to the PE1_63 in 1:1 protection scheme.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-59


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

The jumper cable has 2 x dual VHDCI 68-pin male connectors on one end, and 3 x dual VHDCI 68-pin male
connectors on the other.
Figure 4-56: L123 protection jumper cable schematic diagram

The L128 protection jumper cable is used to connect the TP63_1 to 3 x PME1_21 modules in 1:1 protection
scheme. An L123 jumper cable is used to connect the TP63_1 to a PE1_63 (standby) card in this
configuration.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-60


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

The L128 protection jumper cable has 2 x dual VHDCI 68-pin male connectors on one end and 3 x SCSI
100-pin male connectors on the other.
Figure 4-57: L128 protection jumper cable schematic diagram

Use the cables as follows:


 2 x L123 cables for 1:1 protection with the TP63_1 card for PE1_63 protection (one PE1_63 (standby)
card protects one PE1_63 (operating) card).
 1 x L128 cable and 1 x L123 cable with the TP63_1 card for PME1_21 protection (one PE1_63
(standby) card protects three PME1_21 (operating) modules).

4.9.3.4 Protection Jumper Cable for TPS1_1 (L127)


The L127 protection jumper cable is used to connect the TPS1_1 to various STM-1 or DS-3/E3 traffic
cards/modules in 1:1 protection schemes.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-61


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

The jumper cable has a DSUB 8W8 connector on one end and 8 x DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors on the other.
Figure 4-58: L127 protection jumper cable schematic diagram

Use the cable as follows:


 2 x L127 cables for 1:1 protection with the TPS1_1 card (one STM-1 or DS-3/E3 (standby) card/module
protects one STM-1 or DS-3/E3 (operating) card/module of the same type).

4.9.3.5 Protection Jumper Cables Usage


The following table summarizes the usage of jumper cables for I/O protection in the NPT-1030.

Table 4-5: Protection jumper cables usage

TP card (protection I/O card/module (qty) Jumper cable (qty) End connectors
scheme)
TP21_2 (1:2) PME1_21 (3) L114 (3) VHDCI68(dual port) to SCSI 100
TP21_2 (1:1) PME1_21 (2) L114 (2) VHDCI68(dual port) to SCSI 100
TP63_1 (1:1) PE1_63 (2) L123 (2) 2 x VHDCI68 (dual port) to 3 x
VHDCI68 (dual port)
TP63_1 (1:1) PE1_63 (1) L123 (1) 2 x VHDCI68 (dual port) to 3 x
PME1_21 (3) L128 (1) VHDCI68 (dual port)
VHDCI68 (dual port) to 3 x SCSI 100
TPS1_1 (1:1) SMQ1&4 (2) L127 (2) DSUB 8W8 to 8 x DIN 1.0/2.3
TPS1_1 (1:1) XIO30Q_1&4 (2) L127 (2) DSUB 8W8 to 8 x DIN 1.0/2.3
TPS1_1 (1:1) PM345_3 (2) L127 (2) DSUB 8W8 to 8 x DIN 1.0/2.3
TPS1_1 (1:1) P345_3E (2) L127 (2) DSUB 8W8 to 8 x DIN 1.0/2.3

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-62


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.9.3.6 Connecting the TP21_2


The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:2 protection scheme for a NPT-1030 populated with
PME1_21 modules in the TS1, TS2, and TS3 slots of the NPT-1030 and a TP21_2 card in the ETS1 slot of the
EXT-2U. The TS3 slot in the NPT-1030 designates the protection module, and TS1 and TS2 slots the main
(working) modules.
Figure 4-59: TP21_2 1:2 protection scheme example

The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:1 protection scheme for a NPT-1030 populated with
PME1_21 modules in TS2 and TS3 slots of the NPT-1030 and a TP21_2 card in the ETS1 slot of the EXT-2U.
The TS3 slot in the NPT-1030 designates the protection module, and the TS2 slot the main (working)
module.
Figure 4-60: TP21_2 1:1 protection scheme example

4.9.3.7 Connecting the TP63_1


The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:1 protection scheme for a NPT-1030 populated with
two PE1_63 cards in the ETS2 and ETS3 slots, and a TP63_1 card in the ETS1 slot of the EXT-2U. The ETS3
slot in the EXT-2U designates the protection card, and the ETS2 slot is the main (working) card.

NOTE: This configuration is recommended for protection of 63 E1s.

Figure 4-61: TP63_1_1 (two PE1_63 cards) 1:1 protection scheme example

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-63


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.9.3.8 Connecting the TPS1_1


The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:1 protection scheme for a NPT-1030 populated with
SMQ1&4 modules in TS2 and TS3 slots of the NPT-1030, and a TPS1_1 card in the ETS1 slot of the EXT-2U.
The TS3 slot in the NPT-1030 designates the protection module, and the TS2 slot is the main (working)
module.
Figure 4-62: TPS1_1 (two SMQ1&4 modules) 1:1 protection scheme example

The following table describes the slot allocation for the TPS1_1 in 1:1 protection scheme for various STM-1
and DS-3/E3 traffic cards/modules.

Table 4-6: TPS1_1 1:1 I/O protection slot allocation

TP slots I/O slots allocation


Protection Main

ETS1, or ETS2, or ETS3 TS3 TS2


ETS1, or ETS2, or ETS3 XS3 XS2
ETS3 ETS2 ETS1
ETS1 ETS2 ETS3

4.9.4 Routing and Connecting Data Interface Cables to


Ethernet Interfaces
Data cables with RJ-45 connectors are used for connecting FE interfaces on data modules.
As part of the site preparations, Category 5 or better cables must be routed from the relevant Ethernet DDF
(if used) to the intended rack location and connected to the RJ-45 connectors. Sufficient length must be
available to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the rack.

To connect data cables to an Ethernet interface:


1. Based on the site cabling diagram, route the data cables along the guides at the side of the rack to the
appropriate NPT-1030 unit.
2. Pull each data cable down to the level of the NPT-1030 unit.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-64


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

3. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack so that the cable connector is
positioned at the level of the NPT-1030 unit. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack
side rails.
4. Connect the RJ-45 connector on the cable to the corresponding connector on the data module front
panel.

4.9.5 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables between the


MCP30 and the ICP_MCP30
If an ICP_MCP30 is installed, an electrical cable with SCSI-36 connectors on both ends is used to connect the
ICP_MCP30 and the MCP30.

To connect the cable between the MCP30 and the ICP_MCP30:


1. Route the cable to the rack side rails.
2. Pull one end of the cable to the level of the NPT-1030 platform.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use
cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4. Connect the cable connector to the Auxiliary connector on the MCP30 front panel.
5. Secure the cable connector to the SM_10E traffic module connector with the cable connector screws.
Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an
adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the MCP30 module.

6. Pull the other end of the cable to the level of the ICP_MCP30.
7. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the ICP_MCP30 until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
8. Connect the cable connector to the SCSI-36 connector on the ICP_MCP30 front panel.
9. Secure the cable connector to the connector with the cable connector screws marked J1 on the
ICP_MCP30 front panel. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands,
use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to
40 N cm to 44 N cm.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the ICP_MCP30.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-65


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Installing Equipment

4.9.6 Connecting the Timing (Clock) Cable


The timing cable is connected to the T3/T4 RJ-45 connector on the MCP30B.

To connect the timing cable to the MCP30B:


1. Route the timing cable along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1030 platform.
2. Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags to
the T3/T4 connector on the MCP30B front panel.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 4-66


5 NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.1 Overview
In addition to the regular installation of the NPT-1030 in different racks, ECI offers two options for
wall-mounted installations:
 Wall-mounted cabinet
 Wall-mounted frame
These options are ideal for installations in small businesses or home offices (SOHO).
The following sections provide detailed procedures for these installations.

5.2 Wall-Mounted Cabinet


The cabinet is 352 mm high, 600 mm wide, and 400 mm deep and has a transparent front door. It includes
a rear panel with four support rails to which two 19" vertical extrusions are fastened. The equipment and
cabling accessories are attached to these extrusions.
The side, top, and bottom covers can easily and quickly be removed, providing comfortable user-friendly
access to the interior for installation and management of all components.
Figure 5-1: Wall-mounted cabinet general view

The wall-mounted cabinet is shipped dismantled in a flat-pack packaging, saving up to 50 % of


transportation volume and facilitating delivery to the point of assembly.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-1


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

The tools illustrated in the following figure are required for the installation (not supplied with the cabinet).
Figure 5-2: Tools required for cabinet installation

5.2.1 Installing the NPT-1030 in a Wall-Mounted Cabinet


The installation of a NPT-1030 in a wall-mounted cabinet includes the following stages:
1. Installing the wall-mounted cabinet rear panel
2. Installing cabling accessories
3. Installing the NPT-1030 platform and ancillary equipment (three DDFs or two DDFs and an AC CONV
unit)
4. Connecting cables and fibers to the NPT-1030 platform and ancillary equipment
5. Installing the wall-mounted cabinet covers and front door

5.2.2 Installing the Interior Components


Before you start:
Unpack the wall-mounted cabinet components and perform a visual inspection according to the
instructions in Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection.

DANGER: Safety cannot be guaranteed if shipping damage is evident! Shipping damage must
be reported to the shipping company and manufacturer immediately upon receipt.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-2


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

The wall-mounted cabinet interior components are shown in the following figure.
Figure 5-3: Wall-mounted cabinet interior components

5.2.2.1 Preparing the Rear Panel Holes

To prepare the rear panel holes:


1. Identify the prescribed location of the rear panel on the wall.

NOTE: Make sure that the wall surface on which the cabinet is mounted is completely flat, so
that the front door opens and closes properly.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-3


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

2. Place the enclosed drilling template on the prescribed position; align it at the desired height using a
bubble level and secure it to the wall.
Figure 5-4: Preparing the rear panel holes

3. Drill four holes using the four upper holes in the template (the cabinet is 6U high).

NOTE: Use a drill of max. 8 mm.

DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the cabinet to the wall,
using appropriate installation materials.

5.2.2.2 Installing the Rear Panel

DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the cabinet to the wall,
using appropriate installation materials.

NOTE: Use only the self-tapping screws, supplied with the cabinet.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-4


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the rear panel:


1. Place the rear panel on the drilled holes and align it correctly so that it is flat. Place support beneath
as required.
2. Attach the panel to the wall and fasten with four screws.
Figure 5-5: Installing the rear panel

5.2.2.3 Attaching the Support Rails


The rear panel has four holes for attaching support rails.

To attach the support rails:


1. Identify the four holes in the rear panel for the support rails (see the following figure).
Figure 5-6: Installing the support rails

2. Attach a support rail to the rear panel and fasten with a hex screw using an appropriate hex wrench.
3. Repeat Step 2 for the other three support rails.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-5


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.2.2.4 Installing the 19" Vertical Extrusions


Two 19" vertical extrusions are attached to the support rails for the installation of equipment and
accessories.

To install the 19" vertical extrusions:


1. Place the extrusion at a distance of 104 mm (approx.) from the support rail edge.
Figure 5-7: Installing the 19" vertical extrusions

2. Attach the extrusion to the upper and lower support rails with two hex screws.
3. Fasten the extrusion with the screws using a hex wrench.
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the second extrusion.

5.2.2.5 Installing the C-Rail


A C-rail (so called because of its C shape) is attached to the upper side of the rear panel. The C-Rail helps
support various cabling accessories.

To install the C-rail:


1. Identify the two holes for mounting the C-rail on the rear panel.
2. Place the C-rail on the rear panel. Insert a flat washer and a hex screw in the appropriate hole and
fasten the C-rail.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-6


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-8: Installing the C-rail

3. Repeat Step 2 for the second hole of the C-rail.

5.2.3 Installing Cabling Accessories


Several accessories are installed inside the cabinet to facilitate cable and fiber routing and to ground it.
They include:
 Cable guides
 Cable clamping bars
 Fiber optic protective tube
 Grounding cables
Figure 5-9: Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-7


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.2.3.1 Installing Cable Guides


Cable guides are installed on both sides of the vertical extrusions and help route cables neatly in the
cabinet.

Before you start:


Identify the cable guide with its components according to the following figure; the cable guide has an
installation bracket attached.
Figure 5-10: Cabling accessories

To install the cable guides:


1. Align the cable guide on the side of the extrusion to an approx. height of 178 mm from the lower
support rail (see the figure Cabling accessories ).
2. Attach the cable guide to the vertical extrusion with two screws, flat washers, sprig washers and nuts,
in the order shown in the figure Cabling accessories.
3. Fasten the cable guide to the extrusion.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the second cable guide.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-8


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.2.3.2 Attaching Cable Clamping Bars


Two cable clamping bars are attached to the C-rail. They help route cables neatly in the cabinet.

To attach the cable clamping bars:


1. Identify the cable clamping bar according to the figure Cabling accessories.
2. Attach the clamping bar on the left side of the C-rail by snapping it on the rail.
3. Attach the second clamping bar on the right side of the C-rail.

5.2.3.3 Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube


The fiber guide tube facilitates fiber routing in the cabinet. It is attached to the right vertical extrusion, the
right cable guide, and the right clamping bar.

To attach the fiber guide tube:


1. Identify the fiber guide tube attachment points according to the figure Cabling accessories installed in
the cabinet.
2. Attach one end of the fiber guide tube with a cable tie to the right extrusion at a height of approx. 90
mm from the right lower support rail (see the figure Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet ).
3. Shape the tube as shown in the figure Cabling accessories , and attach it to the right cable guide (near
the rear panel) with a cable tie.
4. Attach the other end of the tube to the right clamping bar with a cable tie.

5.2.3.4 Installing Grounding Cables


Five grounding cables must be installed in the wall-mounted cabinet. At one end the cables are attached to
the support rails as described in the following procedure. The other end of the cables is connected to the
cabinet covers and door during their installation as described in Installing the wall-mounted cabinet covers
and door.

To install grounding cables:


1. Identify the attachment points of the five grounding cables according to the figure Cabling
accessories.
2. Connect the round terminal lug of a grounding cable to the left lower support rail outer hole (near the
rear panel) with a hex self-tapping screw; fasten the cable to the support rail using a hex wrench.
3. Repeat Step 2 to connect four more grounding cables to the following points:
 Left lower support rail inner hole, near the rear panel.
 Left upper support rail inner hole, near the rear panel.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-9


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

 Right lower support rail outer hole, near the rear panel.
 Right upper support rail inner hole, near the front.

5.3 DDF 21 E1s Unit


The DDF unit supports connection of up to 21 E1 lines. The terminal blocks connect the equipment side and
the customer's E1 interfaces. The unit is 1U high and can be installed in ETSI or 19" racks using reversible
brackets.
The DDF is equipped with five connection blocks, each supporting connection of five full E1 lines (transmit
and receive). The block can also be wired to serve only transmit or receive lines (total ten lines).
The rear side of the DDF tray includes a cable tie comb that facilitates cable wiring. In addition, several
cable retainers on the DDF tray help keep wire routing and connection neat.
The connection blocks are attached to bushings located in front of the DDF tray.
Figure 5-11: DDF general view

5.3.1 Assembling the DDF


The DDF comes dismantled and must be assembled in the field. Assembling includes the following steps:
1. Installing the reversible mounting brackets
2. Attaching the connection blocks

5.3.1.1 Installing Mounting Brackets


The DDF has reversible brackets that by default are assembled for 19" rack installation. If your installation is
in a 19" rack, skip this procedure.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-10


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To attach the brackets for ETSI installation:


1. Unscrew the six M2.5 x 6 screws (three on each side) attaching the brackets to the DDF tray. Keep the
screws for the next steps.

Figure 5-12: Installing the brackets for ETSI installation

2. Rotate the bracket to the ETSI position; in this position the longer part of the bracket is attached to
the tray.
3. Use three M2.5 x 6 screws removed in Step 1 to attach the bracket to the DDF tray.
4. Fasten the bracket to the DDF.
5. Repeat Steps 2 to 4 for the second bracket.

5.3.1.2 Attaching Connection Blocks


Five connection blocks are attached to the DDF tray. Two blocks are attached to each bushing pair except
for the leftmost pair, to which one block is attached.
Each block is equipped with a labeling cover that protects the contacts and helps identify the wire
connections for maintenance and repair purposes.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-11


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To attach the connection blocks:


1. Place the block in front of the corresponding DDF bushing pair as shown in the following figure.

Figure 5-13: Attaching the connection blocks

2. Push the block on the bushings to snap it on.


3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to attach the other four connection blocks.

5.3.2 Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF


The DDF terminal blocks connect the wires from the equipment and the wires from the customer
interfaces. The E1 cables from the equipment are routed to the rear part of the DDF and passed to the
connection blocks. The cables from the customer E1 interfaces are routed to the sides of the DDF and
connect to the corresponding blocks.
The following sections describe the connection of the equipment and the customer lines to the DDF.

5.3.2.1 Connecting Equipment Cables


The cables from the equipment are routed to the rear of the DDF tray. The tray has a cable support comb to
facilitate cable routing.

To connect an equipment E1 cable:


1. Route the E1 cable from the equipment to the rear part of the DDF.
2. Remove the outer cable jacket, as required, to expose the wire pairs.
3. Use cable ties as needed to attach the cable edge to the cable holder comb.
4. Route the wire pairs through the plastic frame (at the rear of the block).
5. Connect each pair to the corresponding block contacts according to the wiring diagram.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-12


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.2.2 Connecting Customer Cables


Cables from the customer interfaces are routed to the sides of the DDF tray. The tray has cable retainers to
help route customer cables neatly.

To connect a customer E1 cable:


1. Route the E1 cable from the customer's facility to the left or right side of the DDF tray according to
the position of the corresponding block.
2. Remove the outer cable jacket, as required, to expose the wire pairs.
3. Use cable ties as required to attach the cable edge to the cable retainers.
4. Route the wire pairs through the plastic frame (at the rear of the block).
5. Connect each pair to the corresponding block contacts according to the wiring diagram.

5.3.3 Installing the NPT-1030 and Three DDFs


In this configuration the NPT-1030 and three DDF units are installed in the cabinet. Installation includes the
following steps:
1. Installing clip nuts
2. Installing the NPT-1030
3. Installing three DDFs
Figure 5-14: Installing an NPT-1020 platform and three DDFs

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-13


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.3.1 Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT and DDFs


Sixteen clip nuts, eight on each side, are attached to the two vertical extrusions to support the NPT-1030
and DDFs.

To install the clip nuts:


1. Identify the locations of the clip nuts according to the following figure: the numbers refer to the
distance in mm of the clip nuts from the lowest hole (0 mm).
2. Place a clip nut in the required place at the rear side of the hole in the right vertical extrusion, and
push to snap it in.
Figure 5-15: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1030 and three DDFs)

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seven clip nuts on the right vertical extrusion.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 to install eight clip nuts on the left vertical extrusion.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-14


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.3.2 Installing the NPT-1030 Platform


The NPT-1030 platform is installed at the bottom of the cabinet.

To install the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1030 in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic
Installing the NPT-1030 and Three DDFs.
2. Place the NPT-1030 platform in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it
temporarily in place.
3. Fasten the platform to the vertical extrusion with four M6 screws and flat washers.

5.3.3.3 Installing the DDFs


The DDFs are installed above the NPT-1030 in the cabinet.

To install the DDFs:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing
the NPT-1030 and Three DDFs.
2. Place the DDF in the prescribed position, and then fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6
screws and flat washers.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other two DDFs.

5.3.4 Installing the NPT-1030, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV


Unit
In this configuration, the NPT-1030, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit are installed in the cabinet. Installation
includes the following steps:
1. Installing clip nuts
2. Installing the NPT-1030
3. Installing two DDFs
4. Installing the AC CONV unit

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-15


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-16: Installing a NPT-1030 platform, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit

5.3.4.1 Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT-1030, DDFs, and AC CONV Unit
Sixteen clip nuts, eight on each side, are attached to the two vertical extrusions to support the NPT-1030,
DDFs, and AC CONV unit installation.

To install the clip nuts:


1. Identify the locations of the clip nuts according to the following figure. The numbers refer to the
distance in mm of the clip nuts from the lowest hole (0 mm).
2. Place a clip nut in the required place at the rear side of the hole in the right vertical extrusion, and
push it to snap in.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-16


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-17: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1030, two DDFs, AC CONV unit)

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seven clip nuts on the right vertical extrusion.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 to install eight clip nuts on the left vertical extrusion.

5.3.4.2 Installing the NPT-1030 Platform


The NPT-1030 platform is installed at the bottom of the cabinet.

To install the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1030 in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic
Installing the NPT-1030, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.
2. Place the NPT-1030 platform in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it
temporarily in place.
3. Fasten the platform to the vertical extrusion with four M6 screws and flat washers.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-17


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.4.3 Installing DDFs


The DDFs are installed above the NPT-1030 in the cabinet.

To install the DDFs:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing
the NPT-1030, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.
2. Place the DDF in the prescribed position and fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6 screws
and flat washers.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second DDF.

5.3.4.4 Installing the AC CONV Unit


The AC CONV unit is installed in the upper position of the wall-mounted cabinet.

To install the AC CONV unit:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the AC CONV unit in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic
Installing the NPT-1030, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.
2. Place the AC CONV unit in the prescribed position and fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6
screws and flat washers.

5.3.5 Connecting Cabinet Grounding


The cabinet must be connected to the site grounding bar with a ground cable according to ETSI
recommendations.
The cabinet is supplied with a main grounding bolt welded to it. The grounding stud is identified by the
ground symbol label.
The bolt must be free of paint. The cabinet grounding bolt must be connected to the site grounding bar by
a grounding cable with a cross section of the same size as the power feeding cable or thicker, as short as
possible, in compliance with UL/ETSI recommendations. ECI recommends using a grounding cable of 12
AWG to 16 AWG. The cable must be made of copper strands with a green/yellow jacket and terminated on
both sides with bolt terminals.

To ground the cabinet:


1. Unscrew the nut and spring washer from the grounding bolt (M8 size) in the cabinet. The grounding
bolt is marked L2 as shown in the figure Connecting grounding cables.
2. Connect the grounding cable from the site grounding (terminated with an M8 lug) to the grounding
bolt.
3. Attach the grounding cable with the nut and spring washer removed in Step 1, and fasten the cable to
the bolt.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-18


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.6 Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the


Cabinet
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables must be routed in the
space beneath the NPT-1030 platform and the cabinet floor. All optical fibers are routed through the
flexible tube attached to the right side of the cabinet. The side to which the cables are passed is
determined by the side of the connectors on the NPT-1030 front panel. For instance, power connectors are
on the left side of the NPT-1030, so the power cables are routed on the left side beneath the platform. The
cables are then attached to the cable guide on the left side of the cabinet with cable ties.
When routing the various types of cables, several principles must be observed to avoid electromagnetic and
RF interference:
 Traffic cables must not be routed in the same route as power cables.
 Optical fibers must always be routed through the special flexible tube only.
The following sections provide detailed descriptions of cable and fiber connection and routing.
Figure 5-18: Wall-mounted cabinet cabling

5.3.6.1 Connecting Power Cables


The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the NPT-1030 platform.

NOTE: To facilitate power cable routing, it is recommended to start from the NPT-1030
platform towards the power source.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-19


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To connect power cables:


1. Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the power connector on the NPT-1030, and
fasten it with its two screws.
2. Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable, and thread it through the space beneath
the platform.
Figure 5-19: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing front view

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the corresponding connector on
the platform.
4. Bend the cables and thread them through the left cable guide of the cabinet.
5. Route the cable near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-20


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

6. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.
Figure 5-20: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing left side view

7. Route the cables through the opening in the top cover.


8. Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the cabinet installation plan and the
cable tags to the DC power connectors on the power source.

5.3.6.2 Connecting Alarm Cables


The alarm cable is connected to the corresponding connector on the NPT-1030 or ICP_MCP30 (if used).

To connect the alarm cable:


1. Connect the connector of the alarm cable, in accordance with the frame installation plan and the
cable tags, to the Auxiliary connector on the MCP30B (if an ICP_MCP30 is not installed) or Alarms
connector on the front panel of the ICP_MCP30 (if installed).
2. Secure the cable connector to the MCP30B or ICP_MCP30 connector with the cable connector screws.
Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an
adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.
3. Bend the cable and route it above the NPT-1030 and through to the left side cable guide.
4. Route the cable near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
5. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable holder and to the cable clamp.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-21


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

6. Route the cables through the opening in the top cover.


7. Connect the free ends of the alarm cable to the customer's facility in accordance with the cabinet
installation plan and the cable tags.

5.3.6.3 Connecting Optical Fibers


All optical fibers in the NPT-1030 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the SFP/XFP transceivers.
Optical fibers must be routed through the flexible tube attached to the right side of the cabinet.

Before you start:

CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the
appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective
cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install
a protective cap after a cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade
the optical transmission characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to a NPT-1030 module/card:


1. Insert the end of the fiber into the upper end of the flexible tube and pull it at the lower end, near the
NPT-1030.
2. Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated module/card. Leave some slack to
prevent stress.
3. Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved cleaning kit.
4. Remove the cover from the module/card connector and connect the fiber connector to it.
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for all optical fibers to be connected to NPT-1030 modules/cards.

5.3.6.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables


Multipair cables are used to connect to the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces located on E1 modules
installed in the NPT-1030.
Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or receive). The cable end
connecting to the E1 module is terminated with an appropriate male connector.

To connect multipair cables:


1. Bring the cable connector against the appropriate slot and connect the cable connector to the
corresponding module.
2. Secure the cable connector to the module connector with the two cable connector screws. Tighten
the screws manually; if the screws cannot be reached with your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque
flatblade screwdriver.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-22


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

3. Bend the cables and thread them through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.
4. Route the cables near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.

NOTE: The cable route described above assumes that the E1 module is installed on the left
side in the NPT-1030. If it is installed on the right side, perform the same procedural steps but
on the cabinet's right side.

5. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.
6. Use a cabling diagram of the cabinet (or site) to associate module connectors with the appropriate
DDF connections. Cut excess cable length if necessary.
7. If the DDF is installed in the frame, see Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF for connecting the E1 cables
to the DDF wiring blocks.

5.3.6.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on E3/DS-3 and electrical STM-1
modules.
As part of site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant High Rate DDF (if used) to the
intended cabinet location and connected to the coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Leave sufficient
length to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the cabinet.

To connect coaxial traffic cables to E3/DS-3 or STM-1 modules:


1. Pull each coaxial cable to the level of the corresponding electrical connection module.
2. Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding connector on the module.
3. Based on the cabinet (or site) cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the
designated module and route them along the left side of the cabinet.
4. Bend the cables and thread them through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.
5. Route the cables near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.

NOTE: The cable route described above assumes that the E3/DS-3 or electrical STM-1 module
is installed on the left side of the NPT-1030. If it is installed on the right side, perform the
same procedural steps but on the cabinet's right side.

6. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.
7. Cut excess cable length if necessary.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-23


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.6.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables


Timing cables are connected to the T3/T4 connector of the NPT-1030 platform.

To connect a timing cable to the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Route the timing cables along the side of the cabinet.
2. Pull the cable down to the level of the T3/T4 connector and bend it until the cable connector is
positioned against the timing connector.
3. Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the cabinet installation plan and the cable tags
to connector T3/T4 on the platform.
4. Secure each cable connector using its two screws.
5. Bend the cable and thread it through the right side cable guide of the cabinet.
6. Route the cables near the right cable clamp on the C-rail.
7. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cabinet cable guide and cable clamp.

5.3.6.7 Connecting Management Cables


Management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated MNG on the NPT-1030 platform.
Each cable is terminated with an RJ-45 plug.

To connect management cables to the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Bring the cable plug against the appropriate connector on the NPT-1030.
2. Connect the management station cable to the MNG connector of the platform in accordance with the
frame installation plan and the cable tags.
3. Thread the cable through the space above the NPT-1030 and the left side of the cabinet.
4. Bend the cable and thread it through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.
5. Route the cables near the right cable clamp on the C-rail.
6. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cabinet cable guide and cable clamp.

5.3.7 Installing the Wall-Mounted Cabinet Covers and Door


After completing the equipment installation and cabling, you are ready to install the cabinet covers and
door. After each cover is installed, a grounding cable is attached to it.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-24


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.7.1 Installing the Top and Bottom Covers

To install the bottom cover:


1. Slide the bottom cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite
housing on the rear panel (marked F1 in the following figure).

Figure 5-21: Installing top and bottom covers

2. Fasten the bottom cover to the lower support rails with four self-tapping screws (F2) (two on each
side).
3. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the bottom cover (see the following figure).

Figure 5-22: Connecting grounding cables

To install the top cover:


1. Slide the top cover while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite housing on the
rear panel (see the figure Installing top and bottom covers ).
2. Fasten the top cover to the upper support rails with four self-tapping screws (F2) (two on each side).
3. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the top cover.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-25


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.7.2 Installing the Side Covers

To install the right side cover:


1. Slide the right side cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite
housing on the rear panel (marked J1 in the following figure).

Figure 5-23: Installing side covers

2. Fasten the right side cover to the top and bottom covers with two Phillips screws (J2), one on each
side.
3. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the right side cover (see the following figure).

Figure 5-24: Connecting grounding cables

To install the left side cover:


1. Slide the left side cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite
housing on the rear panel (see the figure Installing side covers ).
2. Fasten the left side cover to the top and bottom covers with two Phillips screws (J2), one on each
side.
3. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the left side cover.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-26


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.3.7.3 Installing the Front Door

To install the front door:


1. Slide the door upper hinge into the corresponding slot in the top cover (see the following figure).

Figure 5-25: Installing the front door

2. Align the door lower hinge into the corresponding slot in the bottom cover.
3. Adjust the door to open and close freely.
4. Fasten the upper and lower hex screws with a hex wrench.
5. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the door (see the following figure).

Figure 5-26: Connecting the door grounding cable

5.4 Wall-Mounted Frame


The wall-mounted frame is another option for installing the NPT-1030 and accessories in SOHO.
The wall-mounted frame is 300 mm high, 600 mm wide, and 350 mm deep. The front transparent cover
protects the NPT-1030 traffic and fiber cables against unintended disconnection or bending.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-27


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.4.1 Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame


Wall-mounted frame installation includes the following steps:
1. Installing the cable supports
2. Installing the fiber guide tube
3. Preparing the frame installation holes
4. Installing the frame

5.4.1.1 Installing Cable Supports


Four cable supports are installed in the wall-mounted frame, two on each side. To facilitate installation,
install the cable supports in the frame before attaching the frame to the wall.

To install the cable supports in the frame:


1. Identify the cable supports according to the following figure; use this figure as reference in the
following steps.

Figure 5-27: Wall-mounted frame installation

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-28


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

The lower cable support is attached to the frame side in holes 5 and 8 from the bottom as shown in
the figure above.
2. Attach the lower cable support to the frame with four M3 Phill. screws, spring washers, and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the cable support to the frame.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for attaching the upper cable support to the frame. (The upper cable support is
attached to the frame side in holes 5 and 8 from the top as shown in the figure above.)
5. Repeat Steps 1 to 4 for installing two cable supports on the other side of the frame.

5.4.1.2 Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube


The fiber guide tube facilitates fiber routing in the frame. It is attached to the right side of the frame and
fastened to the cable supports.

To attach the fiber guide tube:


1. Identify the fiber guide tube attachment points according to the following figure.
Figure 5-28: Attaching the fiber guide tube

2. Attach one end of the fiber guide tube with a cable tie to the lower cable support near the front of
the frame.
3. Shape the tube as shown in the figure, and attach it to the lower cable support (near the rear of the
frame) with a cable tie.
4. Attach the tube to the upper cable support (near the rear of the frame) with a cable tie.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-29


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.4.1.3 Preparing Installation Holes


The wall-mounted frame needs four installation holes.

To prepare the installation holes:


1. Place the wall-mounted frame on the prescribed location on the wall. Make sure that the wall surface
is flat and even.
2. Use the frame as a template and mark the required holes through the frame.
You can use the dimensions (in mm) in the following figure as reference.
Figure 5-29: Holes location for wall-mounted frame

3. Drill four holes in the wall according to the markings.

5.4.1.4 Attaching the Wall-Mounted Frame

DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the frame to the wall,
using appropriate installation practice and materials.

To attach the wall-mounted frame:


1. Place the frame on the drilled holes and align it flat. Place support beneath as required.
2. Attach the frame to the wall and fasten it with four screws.

5.4.2 Installing the NPT-1030 and Accessories in the


Wall-Mounted Frame
ECI offers five configurations for installing the NPT-1030 and accessories in the wall-mounted frame. You
can select the most suitable configuration according to your application.
The configurations are:
 NPT-1030 and three DDFs (option 1)
 NPT-1030, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (option 2)

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-30


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

 NPT-1030, a DDF, and an ICP_MCP30 (option 3)


 NPT-1030, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV unit (option 4)
 NPT-1030 and a DDF (option 5)

5.4.2.1 Installing the NPT-1030 and Three DDFs (Option 1)

Figure 5-30: Installing a NPT-1030 and three DDFs

To install the NPT-1030:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1030 in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the NPT-1030 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the NPT-1030 to the frame.

To install the three DDFs:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the lower DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame using four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-31


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.


4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for installing the other two DDFs.

5.4.2.2 Installing the NPT-1030, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (Option 2)


Figure 5-31: Installing a NPT-1030, a DDF, and a RAP-BG

To install the NPT-1030:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1030 in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the NPT-1030 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the NPT-1030 to the frame.

To install the DDF:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-32


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the RAP-BG:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the RAP-BG in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the RAP-BG to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the RAP-BG to the frame.

5.4.2.3 Installing the NPT-1030, an ICP_MCP30, and a DDF (Option 3)

Figure 5-32: Installing a NPT-1030, an ICP_MCP30, and a DDF

To install the NPT-1030:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1030 in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the NPT-1030 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the NPT-1030 to the frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-33


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the ICP_MCP30:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the ICP_MCP30 in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the ICP_MCP30 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the ICP_MCP30 to the frame.

To install the DDF:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.

5.4.2.4 Installing the NPT-1030, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV (Option 4)

Figure 5-33: Installing a NPT-1030, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV

To install the NPT-1030:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1030 in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the NPT-1030 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the NPT-1030 to the frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-34


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the DDF:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.

To install the AC/DC CONV:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the AC/DC CONV in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the AC/DC CONV to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the AC/DC CONV to the frame.

5.4.2.5 Installing the NPT-1030 and a DDF (Option 5)


Figure 5-34: Installing a NPT-1030 and a DDF

To install the NPT-1030:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1030 in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the NPT-1030 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the NPT-1030 to the frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-35


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the DDF:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.

5.4.3 Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Front Cover


The transparent cover protects the NPT-1030 traffic and fiber cables against unintended disconnection or
bending. The cover is attached to four holders on the frame's front side.
The installation of the cover includes the following steps:
1. Installing the cover holders
2. Attaching the transparent cover

5.4.3.1 Installing the Cover Holders


Four holders are installed in front of the wall-mounted frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-36


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the cover holders:


1. Identify the cover holder positions on the frame according to the following figure.
Figure 5-35: Installing the front cover

2. Insert a holder into the left upper groove on the frame and attach it with an M4 Phill. screw, spring
washer, and flat washer.
3. Fasten the holder to the frame.
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to attach a holder to the left lower side of the frame.
5. Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to install two holders on the right side of the frame.

5.4.3.2 Attaching the Transparent Protection Cover

NOTE: The protection cover is attached in place only after all cabling functions of the
NPT-1030 and the other equipment, described in Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in
the Frame , have been completed.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-37


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

To attach the protection cover:


1. Identify the cover and the four latch pins according to the figure Installing the front cover.
2. Insert a latch pin into each corner hole in the cover.
3. Attach the cover to the holders by inserting the pins into the corresponding holes in the holders.
4. Push the pin latches into the holders to lock them in place.

5.4.4 Connecting Wall-Mounted Frame Grounding


The frame must be connected to the site grounding bar with a grounding cable according to ETSI
recommendations.
The frame is supplied with a main grounding bolt welded on the right installation bracket. The grounding
stud is identified on the frame by the ground symbol label.
The bolt must be free of paint and connected to the site grounding bar by a grounding cable with a cross
section of the same size as the power feeding cable or thicker, as short as possible, in compliance with
UL/ETSI recommendations. ECI recommends using a grounding cable of 12 AWG to 16 AWG made of
copper strands, with a green/yellow jacket and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.

To ground the wall-mounted frame:


1. Unscrew the nut and spring washer from the grounding bolt (M6 size) in the frame. The grounding
bolt is shown in the figure Routing and connecting cable and fibers in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Connect the grounding cable from the site grounding, terminated with an M6 lug, to the grounding
bolt.
3. Attach the grounding cable with the nut and spring washer removed in Step 1, and fasten the cable to
the bolt.

5.4.5 Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the


Frame
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables are routed in the space
beneath the NPT-1030 platform and the frame floor. All optical fibers should be routed through the flexible
tube attached to the right side of the wall-mounted frame. The side to which the cables are passed is
determined by the side of the connectors on the NPT-1030 front panel. For instance, power connectors are
on the left side of the NPT-1030, so power cables are routed on the left side beneath the platform. The
cables are then attached to the cable supports on the left side of the frame with cable ties.
When routing the various types of cables, observe these principles to avoid electromagnetic and RF
interference:
 Traffic cables must not be routed in the same route as power cables.
 Optical fibers must be routed through the special flexible tube only.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-38


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-36: Routing and connecting cables and fibers in the wall-mounted frame

5.4.5.1 Connecting Power Cables


The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the NPT-1030 platform.

NOTE: To facilitate power cable routing, it is recommended to start from the NPT-1030
platform towards the power source.

To connect a power cable:


1. Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the power connector of the NPT-1030 and
fasten it with its two screws.
2. Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable and thread it through the space between
the platform and the frame.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the corresponding connector on
the platform.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-39


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

4. Bend the cables and route them adjacent to the left side cable supports. Pull the cables until the cable
connectors are positioned against the appropriate connectors on the power source. See the following
figure for reference.
Figure 5-37: Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view

5. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable supports.
6. Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the frame installation plan and the
cable tags to the DC power connectors on the power source.

5.4.5.2 Connecting Alarm Cables


The alarm cable is connected to the corresponding connector on the RAP or ICP_MCP30 (if used).

To connect the alarm cable:


1. Connect the connector of the alarm cable, in accordance with the frame installation plan and the
cable tags, to the Auxiliary connector on the MCP30B (if an ICP_MCP30 is not installed) or Alarms
connector on the front panel of the ICP_MCP30.
2. Secure the cable connector to the MCP30B or ICP_MCP30 connector with the cable connector screws.
Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an
adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.
3. Bend the cable and route it above the platform and adjacent to the left side cable supports.
4. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable supports.
5. Connect the free ends of the alarm cable in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable
tags to the customer's facility.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-40


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.4.5.3 Connecting Optical Fibers


All optical fibers in the NPT-1030 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the SFP/XFP transceivers.

Before you start:

CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the
appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective
cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install
a protective cap after a cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade
the optical transmission characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to a NPT-1030 module/card:


1. Insert the end of the fiber into the upper end of the flexible tube and pull it at the lower end, near the
NPT-1030.
2. Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated module/card. Leave some slack to
prevent stress.
3. Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved cleaning kit.
4. Remove the cover from the module/card connector, and connect the fiber connector to it.
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for all optical fibers to be connected to NPT-1030 modules/cards.

5.4.5.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables


Multipair cables are used to connect the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces located on the NPT-1030 or on E1
modules installed in it.
Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or receive). The cable end
connecting to the NPT-1030 or to the E1 module is terminated with an appropriate male connector.

To connect multipair cables:


1. Bring the cable connector against the appropriate slot and connect the cable connector to the
corresponding module.
2. Secure the connector to the module connector with the two cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If the screws cannot be reached with your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque
flatblade screwdriver.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the space above the NPT-1030 and the left side of the frame.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports. See the figure
Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view for reference.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-41


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

4. Use a cabling diagram of the frame (or site) to associate module connectors with the appropriate DDF
connections. Cut excess cable length if necessary.
5. If a DDF is installed in the frame, refer to Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF for connecting the E1 cables
to the DDF wiring blocks.

5.4.5.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on E3/DS-3 and electrical STM-1
modules.
As part of site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant High Rate DDF (if used) to the
intended frame location and connected to the coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Leave sufficient
length to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the frame.

To connect coaxial traffic cables to E3/DS-3 or STM-1 modules:


1. Pull each coaxial cable to the level of the corresponding electrical connection module.
2. Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the
module.
3. Based on the frame (or site) cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the
designated module, and route them along the left side of the frame.
4. Bend the cables and thread them through the space above the NPT-1030 and the left side of the
frame. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the frame cable supports. See the figure
Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view for reference.
5. Cut excess cable length if necessary.

5.4.5.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables


Timing cables are connected to the T3/T4 connectors of the NPT-1030.

To connect a timing cable to the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Route the timing cable along the side of the frame. Fasten the cable to the cable supports, using cable
ties.
2. Pull the cable down to the level of the T3/T4 connectors and bend it until the cable connector is
positioned against the timing connector.
3. Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags to
connector T3/T4 on the platform.
4. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-42


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual NPT-1030 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.4.5.7 Connecting Management Cables


The management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated MNG on the NPT-1030
platform. Each cable is terminated in an RJ-45 plug.

To connect management cables to the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Bring the cable plug against the appropriate connector on the NPT-1030.
2. Connect the management station cable to the MNG connector of the platform in accordance with the
frame installation plan and the cable tags.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the space above the NPT-1030 and the left side of the frame.
4. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 5-43


6 Commissioning Tests

6.1 Overview
After a new network has been installed and configured, commissioning tests are performed to confirm that
the installation is successful and that the network is operating in accordance with the design specifications.

6.2 Test Equipment


The following test equipment is required for the commissioning procedures:
 PDH transmission analyzer for testing PDH transmission performance
 SDH transmission analyzer for testing SDH transmission performance
 Data transmission test equipment for testing FE transmission performance
 Optical Power Meter (OPM)
 Set of optical attenuators with various values
 Variable optical attenuator
 FC-to-LC adapters
 LC/FC optical patch cords
 Multimeter
Suitable equipment is available from a wide range of manufacturers and therefore no specific models are
listed. You can use any equipment that meets applicable international standards and has satisfactory
measurement accuracy over the range of operating parameters and environmental conditions that apply to
the specific network. If necessary, contact ECI’s Field Engineering Department for specific
recommendations.

6.3 Site Commissioning Tests


Site commissioning tests verify the normal operation of NPT-1030 NEs. Perform the following procedures
on each NE at each site:
 Verify the cards and modules installed in each platform.
 Perform a visual inspection and mechanical checks.
 Measure optical levels (see reference data in the NPT Product Line General Description).

6.3.1 Checking Cards and Modules Installed in Each Shelf


This check is performed to confirm that the required cards and modules have been installed in each site,
and to record their options, revisions, boot version, and serial numbers.
The following table illustrates a typical inventory form.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-1


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

Table 6-1: Card and module inventory NPT-1030 platform

Card/Module type Slot Option Revision Boot version Serial number


MCP30B MS
XIO30_4 XS A

6.3.2 Test Equipment Setup


The SDH tests are performed using a PDH analyzer, OPM, and variable attenuators. Configure the OPM
according to the measured wavelength.
The test conditions for the various interfaces are described in the following sections.

Table 6-2: 2 Mbps tests


Framing Unframed
Coding HDB3
Pattern 2 * 10-15 PRBS
Signal rate 2 Mbps
Timing Internal clock
Inject error Code error

Table 6-3: 34 Mbps tests


Framing Unframed
Coding HDB3
Pattern 2 * 10-15 PRBS
Signal rate 34 Mbps
Timing Internal clock
Inject error Code error

Table 6-4: 45 Mbps tests


Framing Unframed
Coding B3ZS
Pattern 2 * 10-15 PRBS
Signal rate 45 Mbps
Timing Internal clock
Inject error Code error

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-2


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

NOTE: For SDH tests configure the test equipment according to the interface type being
tested.

Table 6-5: SDH tests


Signal rate STM-1, STM-4, STM-16
Mapping Any mapping (preferably bulk)
Pattern 2 * 10-15 PRBS
Signal rate 155.520 Mbps, 622.080 Mbps
Timing Received clock
Inject error BIP error

6.3.3 Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks


The visual inspection checks for proper equipment installation, correct routing and connection of cables,
and other tasks, as follows:
 Equipment installation documents provide the criteria for proper equipment installation.
 The site cabling diagram provides the criteria for proper cabling routing.
After completing the visual inspection tasks (items 1 through 18 in the following table), power on the
NPT-1030 platform to perform an additional set of acceptance tests (items 15 through 19 in the following
table). These tests check the functions needed for carrying out the network commissioning tests. Consult
the NPT Product Line General Description and the NPT Product Line Reference Manual for a description of
the various card indicators and their functions.
The following table provides a typical list for recording the results of a visual inspection and mechanical
check.

Table 6-6: Visual inspection and mechanical checks

No. Description of inspection/check Results

1 Check mechanical mounting of the rack.

2 Check the NPT-1030/EXT-2U installation; make sure that the rail stiffeners
are properly installed.

3 Check the ODF and FST installation and fiber connection (if applicable).

4 Check the DDF installation and relevant cable connections (if applicable).

5 Check ICP_MCP30 installation and relevant cable connections (if applicable).

6 Check the grounding cable connections.

7 Check the DC power cable connections (main fuse to RAP, RAP fuse to
NPT-1030/EXT-2U platform).

8 Check the network manager station installation (if applicable).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-3


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

No. Description of inspection/check Results

9 Check the installation of modules and cards.

10 Check the connection of relevant cables or fibers for all cards installed.

11 Provide DC supply voltage via the INF_B1U or INF_E2U on slot PSA to the RAP
(-40 V to -75 V).

12 Provide DC supply voltage via the INF_B1U or INF_E2U on slot PSB to the RAP
(-40 V to -75 V).

13 Power on the platform.

14 Check the proper operation of both RAP power sources by


disconnecting one source at a time.

15 Check the communication between the NPT-1030 platform and the LCT-APT
via the MNG Ethernet interface on the MCP30.

16 Check the proper operation of all fans.

17 Check LED operation using the LED TEST option in the LCT-APT.

18 Check slot assignment for all relevant cards and modules.

19 Check there are no abnormal alarms.

6.3.4 Measuring Optical Levels


These measurements check optical signal levels at the various equipment ports. Before performing any
other commissioning test, proper optical levels within the limits specified in the NPT Product Line System
Specifications must be achieved for each optical component.
Perform these measurements using an OPM configured according to the wavelength at the measurement
port. For reliable measurement, do not connect the OPM directly to a port but use a two-meter fiber. When
measuring high optical power levels, use attenuators to ensure that the power does not exceed the
maximum OPM input level.
The following table illustrates a typical data form for optical level measurements.

Table 6-7: Measured optical levels

Slot Module type Port Wavelength Optical transmit Receive level


level (dBm) (dBm)

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-4


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

The measured power levels:


 Must be within the range of minimum and maximum levels specified in the NPT Product Line General
Description for the transceiver plug-in type installed on the corresponding port.
 Must be within the expected range according to the optical network plan.
It is usually sufficient to measure the optical levels at the receive ports only. A good port-receive level
indicates that the components in the optical path up to that port are properly connected and operating
normally. If the result is not satisfactory, perform additional measurements at the transmit port in the
remote site.

6.3.5 Platform Power-On Test Procedure

To power on the NE:


1. Perform slot assignments for all the relevant cards and modules in the platform.
2. After 10 seconds, turn the platform circuit breaker off.
3. After 30 seconds, turn the platform circuit breaker on.
The equipment should automatically return to normal operation, without user intervention and
without any abnormal alarms in the system.

6.4 SDH Commissioning Tests


These commissioning tests check that SDH functionality is in accordance with the system specifications.

6.4.1 Loss of Signal (LOS) Detection Test


This test verifies that NEs recognize alarms and send an alarm notification to the management system for
viewing.

To perform a LOS detection test:


1. Create NEs and links through the management system.
2. Disconnect the Rx optical fiber from one of the modules. A LOS alarm at the SPI level of this module
port appears, together with other alarms generated by the disconnection.

6.4.2 Network Timing Synchronization Test


This test checks that the NPT-1030 NEs synchronize properly and switch to the next priority clock source
when a failure occurs.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-5


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

To perform network timing synchronization test:


1. Define one NE as the (internal) timing source to which all other NEs are synchronized. This test can be
done with an external timing source, if requested.
2. Define several priorities for the timing source.
3. Disconnect the Rx fiber connected to the NE defined as the main timing source.
If the NE has two or more timing sources, it synchronizes to the second priority source, and an alarm is
generated for the missing main timing source.
If the NE has only one timing source, the NE timing is set as “hold-over” and an alarm is generated for the
main timing source. Another alarm is generated to indicate that there is no available timing source.

6.4.3 Input Sensitivity Test


This test verifies that the input sensitivity of the NPT-1030 optical modules is according to specifications.

To perform an input sensitivity test:


1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).
3. Connect a variable optical attenuator to one of the fibers of the relevant trail, and set the attenuator
to 0 dB.
4. Increase the attenuation gradually until the test equipment displays a burst of errors.
5. Connect an OPM to the first Rx point after the variable optical attenuator and measure the total
power. The measured optical power level is the input sensitivity of the module.
6. Verify that the results are in accordance with the NPT Product Line System Specifications.

6.4.4 Equipment Power-On Test


This test verifies that the NPT-1030 NEs continue operating properly after a power break, without operator
involvement.

To perform an equipment power-on test:


1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).
3. Shut off the power to one of the nongateway NEs within the relevant trail. Errors and an Alarm
Indication Signal (AIS) alarm appear in the test equipment. After approximately seven minutes, an “NE
disconnected” alarm appears in the management system current alarm list, and the NE icon turns
gray (indicates no communication).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-6


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

4. Power on the NE and wait for it to perform the initial download to all cards/modules in the platform.
This can take five minutes.
5. Verify that the NE is connected to the management station and that there are no relevant alarms in
the test equipment or at the management station.

6.4.5 Traffic Stability Test


This test verifies that traffic operates according to ITU-T standards.

To perform traffic stability test:


1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).
3. Run this test for the appropriate time interval according to the following table.
4. Verify that no alarms appear in the test equipment or at the management station. You should achieve
an error-free rate of 1 x 10-11 for 2 Mbps and 1 x 10-12 for all other rates.

Table 6-8: Traffic stability test time intervals

2 Mbps 34/45 Mbps STM-1/VC-3 STM-4/VC-12


14 hours 7 hours 120 minutes 30 minutes

6.4.6 Transmission Alarm-Handling Test


This test verifies that the NPT-1030 NEs can recognize an alarm and send an alarm notification to the
management system, and that the management system displays it properly.
This procedure tests the following alarms: PDH-LOS, PDH-AIS, and SPI-LOS.

To perform a transmission alarm-handling test:


1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect PDH test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).
3. Disconnect the Tx cable of the test equipment. The management station reports a LOS alarm for the
relevant PDH port.
4. Set the test equipment to transmit an AIS (AIS = on). The management station reports an AIS alarm
for the relevant PDH port.
5. Disconnect the Rx fiber of an optical port. The management station reports a LOS (SPI-LOS) alarm for
the relevant optical port.
If ALS = off, the management station reports a far-end optical port MS-RDI alarm.
If ALS = on, the management station reports a far-end optical port LOS alarm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-7


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

6.4.7 Maintenance Action Test


This test verifies that maintenance actions can be performed in the NPT-1030 NEs using the management
system.
This procedure tests a near-end loopback, forced PDH AIS, forced low-rate RDI, forced high-rate RDI, and
forced MS-RDI.

To perform maintenance action test:


1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE. The PDH test equipment detects an AIS alarm.
3. Perform a near-end loopback at the other trail endpoint. The AIS alarm in the PDH test equipment
clears, and no alarm or error remains on the PDH test equipment.
4. Using the management station, execute forced AIS on the PDH port that connects to the test
equipment. The PDH test equipment detects an AIS alarm.
5. Using the management station, execute a forced low-rate RDI (or forced high-rate RDI or forced
MS-RDI) on a NPT-1030 platform. Another NPT-1030 platform reports a low-rate RDI (or high-rate RDI
or MS-RDI) to the management station.

6.4.8 Path Protection and Nonretrieval Test


This test verifies that SNCP traffic operates properly when a failure occurs.

To perform a path protection and nonretrieval test:


1. Create one protected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).
3. Disconnect one of the fibers in the active path of the trail. Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec
appear in the test equipment, and the management station reports an alarm in the active path of the
trail.
4. Verify that the trail works properly on the protection path.
5. Reconnect the optical fiber. The trail remains on the protection path (nonretrieve mode), and there is
no alarm in the test equipment.

6.4.9 Severity Assignment Test


This test, which is performed on one NPT-1030 NE, determines the level of urgency accorded to each alarm
and creates an alarm-handling protocol.
When a fault is detected or removed, the NE updates the status of the LEDs and reports the alarm
activation or clearing to the management station.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-8


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

To perform a severity assignment test:


1. Disconnect a fiber from one of the optical interfaces. An SPI LOS alarm of critical severity appears on
the management station for the NPT-1030 and the MJR LED on the NPT-1030 panel turns on.
2. Reconnect the fiber. The SPI LOS alarm on the management station clears and the MJR LED on the
NPT-1030 panel turns off (only if there are no other alarms on the NPT-1030 unit).
3. Change the severity of the SPI LOS alarm to minor.
4. Disconnect a fiber from one of the optical interfaces. An SPI LOS alarm of minor severity appears on
the management station for the NPT-1030 and the MNR LED on the NPT-1030 panel turns on (only if
there is no critical or major alarm on the NPT-1030 unit).
5. Reconnect the fiber. The SPI LOS alarm on the management station clears and the MNR LED on the
NPT-1030 panel turns off (only if there is no other alarm on the NPT-1030 unit).

6.5 Data Network Commissioning Tests


The data network commissioning tests check that data functionality is in accordance with system
specifications.

6.5.1 Throughput and Latency Tests


These tests determine the time it takes to transmit frames through the network, and the maximum amount
of data that can pass through the network before frames are lost.

To perform throughput and latency tests:


1. Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate between two NEs in the network.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE through an
Ethernet cable.
3. Configure the test equipment for RFC-2544 throughput and latency measurement.
4. Measure the throughput and latency for frame sizes 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 1280, and 1518 bytes,
and record the results in the appropriate table.

NOTE:
 Measured latency is for both the forward and return paths. For a single path, the latency is
50% of the measured value.
 The latency test is dependent on the throughput results. For example, if 10 Mbps is tested
and the throughput is 4%, the latency test should be for 4 Mbps (2 * VC-12 = 4 Mbps).
Inject traffic according to the assigned bandwidth (VC-12 = 2.048 Mbps).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-9


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

Table 6-9: Throughput and latency test results

LAN port and speed 64 bytes/ 128 bytes/ 256 bytes/ 512 bytes/ 1024 bytes/ 1280 bytes/ 1518 bytes/
frame frame frame frame frame frame frame

Throughput

Latency

6.5.2 System Recovery and Reset Tests


These tests determine the speed at which a device recovers from a buffer overflow condition or from a
power failure.

To perform system recovery and reset tests:


1. Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3. Configure the test equipment for manual testing according to the port rate and for any frame size.
4. Power off one of the NEs and verify packet loss in the test equipment.
5. Turn on the NE, wait five minutes, and verify that the errors in the test equipment have cleared.

6.5.3 Frame Loss Rate Test


This test determines the number of frames that are lost when the system is overloaded.

To perform a frame loss rate test:


1. Create two unprotected Ethernet trails between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3. Configure the test equipment for RFC-2544 for frame loss measurements. Set to 100%.
The frame loss rate in % is defined according to the following formula:
[(input fps) - (output fps)] * 100 / (input fps)
fps = frames per second
For example, for a 100 Mbps test using 5 * VC-12 = 10 Mbps, with input fps = 148810 and output fps =
14881, the frame loss is:
148810 - 14881 = 133929 (a 90% loss).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-10


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Commissioning Tests

Table 6-10: Frame loss rate test results

Frame size 64 bytes/ 128 bytes/ 256 bytes/ 512 bytes/ 1024 bytes/ 1280 bytes/ 1518 bytes/ frame
frame frame frame frame frame frame

Frame rate (% MFR)


100%

6.5.4 Stability Test


This test determines the stability of the network by checking that it can function with no errors for a
defined period of time.

To perform a stability test:


1. Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3. Configure the test equipment for manual testing according to the port rate and for any frame size.
4. Set the transmit rate in the test equipment to about 90% of the trail bandwidth.
5. Run this test for two hours, and verify that no errors appear in the test equipment.

6.5.5 Alarm-Handling Test


This test checks the alarm conditions forced on the NE and the subsequent action carried out by the NE. It
tests signal loss to both the data LAN port and to the optical interfaces.

To perform an alarm-handling test:


1. Create two Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3. Disconnect the test equipment to create a signal loss to the data LAN port. This generates a 10/100
Mbps - Link Down alarm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 6-11


7 Maintenance

7.1 Overview
This chapter provides maintenance procedures for NPT-1030 equipment.
Personnel involved in maintenance must be thoroughly familiar with safety issues, as described in Before
You Start.

7.2 Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials


The only tools required for most maintenance activities described in this chapter are an LCT-APT terminal
and a multimeter. If you need to make measurements, it is recommended to use equipment of the same
type and models used for commissioning tests, see Commissioning Tests. The tools and materials necessary
for equipment installation must also be available during maintenance.

7.3 Preventive Maintenance


The purpose of preventive maintenance activities is to keep the NPT-1030 hardware in good condition, and
detect and correct as soon as possible any condition that may lead to deterioration and equipment
malfunction.
Record the execution of the various activities and their results according to the procedures used in your
organization.

Table 7-1: Preventive maintenance inspection and checks

Item Inspection/Check Intervals*


W M Q

1 Visually inspect the condition of cables and fibers. Check for correct X
routing (no sharp bends) and proper support to avoid stress. Avoid
touching fibers during the inspection, except as required to correct
problems.

2 Inspect equipment racks and cases, connection terminals, grounding, X


etc. Pay special attention to any signs of corrosion.

3 Check the condition of rack front doors and RFI fingers. Clean as X
necessary with approved cleaning agents.

4 Whenever applicable, inspect ancillary equipment (air conditioners, X


lighting, distribution panels, etc.) and their power sources.

5 Check that all unused optical connectors are covered by protective X


covers. Add covers as necessary.

6 Check that cards and modules are securely attached. All module X
fastening screws must be tight (tighten only manually).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-1


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Item Inspection/Check Intervals*


W M Q

7 Check for proper operation of the fans (no abnormal noise and X
vibrations) in all NEs.

8 Clean all areas around the platform in the rack and the rack’s front door X
(if applicable), using a vacuum cleaner.

9 Check that the cables connecting the DC power sources (main and X
backup) to the RAP are properly connected.

10 X
Check that the external alarm cables are properly connected to the
RAP.

11 Check there are no alarm indications on the cards and modules. X

12 Check that all RAP LEDs turn on and that the buzzer sounds while the X
POWER ON pushbutton on the RAP panel is pressed.

13 X
Check that all card and module LEDs turn on when performing the LED
TEST operation using the LCT-APT.
Note: LEDs for FE interfaces and LEDs for Laser On indications are not
checked by the LED test operation.

14 Perform a visual check of LED indications. X

15 Check the proper operation of the OW system (if applicable to the NE).

* Legend: W weekly M monthly Q quarterly

7.4 Onsite Troubleshooting


The purpose of onsite troubleshooting is to identify the hardware causing the malfunction and return the
equipment to normal operation as soon as possible.
Troubleshooting is usually initiated in response to one of the following conditions:
 Alarm or performance degradation reported by the management station.
 Alarm or malfunction detected onsite by maintenance personnel, either as a result of a
troubleshooting activity initiated by the management center personnel or as a result of a periodic
inspection or preventive maintenance action. Many problems can be detected via the various
indicators available on the NPT-1030 system components.
This chapter assumes familiarity with the NPT-1030, with SDH data, and with the LightSoft and EMS-APT
management stations. See the respective user manual for details on the various capabilities of the
management stations and for instructions on performing the necessary activities.
The following sections provide procedures for performing onsite troubleshooting for various trouble
categories. For each category, a troubleshooting table provides instructions for identifying the problem.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-2


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

To use the troubleshooting table:


1. Identify the closest description of the trouble symptoms under “Symptoms”.
2. Perform the required corrective actions listed under “Corrective actions” in the order they appear,
until the trouble is corrected.

7.4.1 Troubleshooting Power Problems


Table 7-2: Troubleshooting power problems

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 RAP POWER ON Both main and backup power  Check the site power distribution
indicator off sources failed system.
 Check the DC voltage at the main
and backup power terminals of the
RAP.
 If the voltage is not within the
correct range, check cable
connections up to the DC power
distribution panel and make sure no
fuses are blown.
 Check the voltage supplied by the
main and backup power sources.
 Check the power connections to the
RAP.
 Check the circuit breakers in the
RAP and replace if necessary.
Equipment problem  Check the voltage at the NPT-1030,
EXT-2U, and BG OW end of each
power cable. Replace the cable or
repair the RAP if there is no voltage
present.
 Check and reconnect cables to the
equipment, one by one. If the circuit
breaker trips again when connecting
a specific unit, replace that unit.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-3


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


2 All LEDs and fans in No input power to the  Check the corresponding circuit
NPT-1030 off corresponding unit breaker in the RAP, and reset any
tripped breaker.
 Check the circuit breakers in the
RAP and replace if necessary.
 If the circuit breaker trips again,
disconnect the cable protected by
the corresponding circuit breaker
from the equipment, and check the
voltage polarity.
 Check the power cable condition
and make sure the cable is not
damaged and does not cause short
circuits.
 Check proper cable connection at
both ends.
3 NPT-1030 card Technical failure in the  Consult General troubleshooting
FAIL indicator on corresponding unit procedures for NPT-1030 power-on,
based on LEDs on MCP30 panel for
guidance in resolving the problem.
 If the problem still exists after Step
1, replace the unit.

7.4.2 Troubleshooting Using Component Indicators


The management station usually provides onsite personnel with a list of suspected components.
Start the troubleshooting of a suspected component by checking its indicators. These indicators, located on
the various cards and modules, can help you to identify a malfunctioning component rapidly and efficiently
according to procedures outlined in the following tables.

NOTE: For a description of indicator functions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.

CAUTION: The following corrective actions are traffic-affecting.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-4


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Table 7-3: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1030 power-on based on MCP30B panel LEDs

Symptom Probable cause Corrective action


Indicators on MCP30B panel

FAIL ACT MJR MNR

Off Off Off Off No power supply on  If all LEDs on the platform are
MCP30B off, refer to the Troubleshooting
Power Problems table, item 3.
 If the problem still exists, try
reinserting the MCP30B.
 If the problem still exists,
replace the MCP30B card.
 If the problem still exists after
replacing the MCP30B card,
check for a problem on the slot
for the MCP30B. Replace the
platform.
On On On On No usable basic boot  Extract and reinsert the MCP30B
inside the MCP30B card.
card’s flash  If the problem still exists,
replace the MCP30B card.
On Off Blink Off SD card out or cannot  Extract the MCP30B card and
be detected check if the SD card is properly
installed. If not, extract and
reinsert. If there is no SD card,
install one.
 If the problem still exists, extract
the and replace the SD card in
the MCP30B.
 If the problem still exists after
replacing the SD card, replace
the entire MCP30B card.
On On On Off Vx_Boot inside SD card  Extract and reinsert the
not found MCP30B.
 If the problem still exists, extract
the SD card from the MCP30B
card and reprogram the SD card
via SD facilities (card reader and
SD loader software).
 If the problem still exists,
replace the SD card.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-5


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Symptom Probable cause Corrective action


Indicators on MCP30B panel

FAIL ACT MJR MNR

On On On Blink Failed to load Vx_Boot  Extract and reinsert the


in the SD card MCP30B.
 If the problem still exists, extract
the SD card from the MCP30B
card, and reprogram the SD card
via SD facilities (card reader and
SD loader software).
 If the problem still exists,
replace the SD card.
On Blink Blink Blink Failed to mount file  Extract and reinsert the
system inside SD card MCP30B.
 If the problem still exists, extract
the SD card from the MCP30B
card, and reprogram the SD card
via SD facilities (card reader and
SD loader software).
 If the problem still exists,
replace the SD card.
On Blink Blink On File system inside SD Log in the MCP30B in boot status
card unformatted using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
Tool, and then format the SD card.
On Off Off Blink Startup file for loading Log in the MCP30B in boot status
software not found using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
Tool, and set the active version
properly.
On Off Off On Invalid startup file Log in the MCP30B in boot status
using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
Tool, and set the active version
properly.
On Off Off Off Invalid startup Log in the MCP30B in boot status
parameter using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
Tool, and then set the active version
properly.
On Off Blink Blink Software package not Log in the MCP30B in boot status
found using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
Tool, and then download the version
and activate it.
On Off Blink On Failed to decompress Log in the MCP30B in boot status
the software package using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
Tool, and then download the version
and activate it.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-6


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Symptom Probable cause Corrective action


Indicators on MCP30B panel

FAIL ACT MJR MNR

On Off On Blink Install file that carries Log in the MCP30B in boot status
the basic parameters using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
for the NE not found Tool, and then set the NE ID, gateway
mode, related IP, and mask properly.
On Off On Off Invalid install file Log in the MCP30B in boot status
using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
Tool, and then set the NE ID, gateway
mode, related IP, and mask properly.
On On Off On Invalid NE parameter Log in the MCP30B in boot status
using the LCT-APT Boot Configuration
Tool, and then set the NE ID, gateway
mode, related IP, and mask properly.
On On Off Blink Failed to mount file  Extract and reinsert the
system 2 inside SD MCP30B.
card  If the problem still exists, extract
the SD card from the MCP30B
card, and reprogram the SD card
via SD facilities (card reader and
SD loader software).
 If the problem still exists,
replace the SD card.

For normal operation, after system power-on or card insertion, the LEDs on the Tslot and XIO card panels
are:
 ACT: On
 FAIL: Off
When MCP30B software is running normally, after three to five minutes, the ACT LED starts to blink
periodically and the FAIL LED is permanently off when no failure is detected.

Table 7-4: General troubleshooting procedures for Tslot or XIO panels

Indicators on Tslot or XIO module Probable cause Corrective actions


panels
FAIL ACT

Off Off No power supply  Check if caused by power module


failure or no power input.
 Extract and reinsert the module.
 If the problem still exists, replace the
module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-7


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

When the MCP30B is operating normally, the ACT LED blinks periodically and the FAIL LED is permanently
off.

Table 7-5: General troubleshooting procedures for the MCP30B

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 ACT LED is  Incorrect version or  Perform a warm reset on the
permanently on or off database NPT-1030 by pressing the RST
 Faulty Card button.
 If the ACT indicator starts to blink,
observe it for five minutes to
ensure that the problem has been
resolved.
 If the ACT indicator still does not
blink after a warm reset, extract
and reinsert the MCP30B.
 If the problem still exists, try a
version download again, using the
LCT-APT Boot Configuration Tool.
 If the problem still exists, delete
the NE database and reconfigure
the NE.
 If the problem still exists, replace
the MCP30B and reconfigure the
NE.
2 FAIL indicator on Hardware failure  Obtain the BIT code of the
MCP30B from the management
system in order to see detailed
information regarding the failure.
Then act accordingly.
 Perform a cold reset to the card
from the management system or
extract and reinsert the card.
 If the problem still exists, replace
MCP30B card.

Table 7-6: General troubleshooting procedures on Tslot and XIO module panels

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1` ACT indicator Indicator failure Select Maintenance > LED Test in the
permanently on or off LCT-APT menu. If the test executes
successfully but the indicator does not
blink for 10 seconds, the LED may be
damaged.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-8


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


 FPGA load failure  Check whether the BIT-Fail of the
 Software or system “FPGA load fail” exists by
problem obtaining the BIT code of the card
using the LCT-APT or the
EMS-APT. If yes, reinsert the card
or perform a cold reset to the
card.
 If no “FPGA load fail” exists,
extract the MCP30B and reinsert
it.
 If the ACT indicator starts to blink,
observe it for five minutes to
ensure that the problem has been
resolved.
 If the problem still exists, extract
and reinsert the faulty card.
 If the problem still exists, power
off the entire NPT-1030 unit and
power on again, if permitted.
 If the problem still exists, replace
the card or reconfigure the NE
database.
2 FAIL indicator on Card hardware failure  Obtain the BIT code from the
management system (LCT-BGF or
EMS-BGF). This code details the
failure cause. Perform the
necessary actions based on this
code.
 Reinsert or cold reset the card. If
the problem still exists, replace
the card.

Table 7-7: General troubleshooting procedures for the INF_B1U/INF_30BH and INF_E2U

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Green ACT indicator Power failure  Check if the input power voltage is
always off within the correct range. If not,
check the power problem
according to the Troubleshooting
Power Problems table.
 Replace the corresponding INF
(INF_B1U, INF_30BH, or INF_E2U).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-9


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Table 7-8: General troubleshooting procedures for the FCU_1030

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Green ACT indicator Power failure  Check the power system.
permanently off  Replace the FCU_1030.
2 FAIL indicator on Fan fail  Extract the module and reinsert
the unit.
 If the problem still exists, replace
the module.

The following table relates to the following cards/modules: XIO30Q_1&4, XIO30_4, XIO30_16, SMD1B,
SMQ1&4, SMS4, and SMD4.

Table 7-9: General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Green transceiver SFP module damage  On the LCT-APT, if the SFP type
Laser On indicator cannot be obtained successfully,
off the IDPROM of the SFP module
may be damaged. Replace it.
 If the SFP type information is
consistent with the expected SFP
type, force the laser on through
the LCT-APT. The Laser On
indicator should be on. If not, the
SFP module or the optical module
is damaged. Replace the damaged
module.
Incorrect configuration On the LCT-APT, check whether there
is a SFP-ID-Failure alarm in the
corresponding optical interface. If yes,
replace the SFP module purchased
from ECI. Then check the SFP module
type. If not the expected SFP type,
replace with the proper type.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-10


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


Corresponding optical  Check that all the fibers are
transmitter may have been properly connected to the
turned off by the ALS function corresponding optical transceiver.
(see the following note)  When available, select
Maintenance > Laser
Management > Laser Switch >
Force Laser On in the LCT-APT to
activate the corresponding laser.
 Use an OPM to measure the
output optical power. If not within
the range of min. and max. levels
specified in the NPT Product Line
System Specifications during a
90-second period, the problem is
in the transmit side of the
transceiver. Remove and reinsert
the transceiver.
 Check the output optical power
again. If the output optical power
is still not within the range of
minimum and maximum levels
specified in the NPT Product Line
System Specifications, replace the
transceiver.
 If the problem still exists, check
the received optical power with
an OPM. If the optical power is
within the range of minimum and
maximum levels specified in the
NPT Product Line System
Specifications, replace the
transceiver.
 If the problem still exists after
following the previous steps,
check the remote site.
 If there are no problems on both
sites, the problem may be in the
optical fiber between the two
sites.
NOTE: Be sure to turn on the ALS
function after performing all checks.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-11


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

NOTE: An optical port with ALS capability turns off its transmitter when the corresponding
receive signal is lost. Turning the transmitter off may cause a chain reaction which turns the
optical signals off in a whole section of the network and generates a large number of alarms.
As a result, it may be difficult to identify the real cause of the problem and you may need to
use the management station log records to identify the port.

Each FE port has two LEDs that reside on the RJ-45 connector. One is a link indication (green) and the other
a speed indication (orange).

Table 7-10: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMFE_4_L1, DMFE_4_L2, and DMEOP_4

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Link indicator off Disconnection or consequent  Check if a cable is disconnected. If
action of EoS TSF/CSF yes, reconnect it.
 Check if customer equipment is
powered off or has a fault.
 Check whether the CSF of the
related port is enabled using the
management system. If CSF is
enabled, change it to disabled.
 If the link is up after the CSF is
disabled, identify the link-off
cause, according to the relevant
procedure.
 If the problem still exists, extract
and reinsert the card.
 If the problem still exists, replace
the
DMFE_4_L1/DMFE_4_L2 card.
2 Speed indicator off 10 Mbps link or link fail  Check if 10 Mbps is the expected
speed for this link. If yes, then no
problem exists. If the expected
speed is 100 Mbps, then this
speed is problematic.
 Restart autonegotiation by forcing
the interface to
100 Mbps full-duplex mode and
then change it back to
autonegotiation.
 Check whether the customer
equipment supports
autonegotiation. If it does not,
force the port to the same mode
supported by the customer
equipment.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-12


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Table 7-11: General troubleshooting procedures for extended cards (PE1_63, P345_3, SM_10E, S1_4, and
S4_1)

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Both red FAIL Boot damaged Extract the card and reinsert it into
indicator and red the extended slot on the EXT-2U. If
Alarm indicator do this does not resolve the problem,
not turn off after replace the module.
power-on
2 Green ACT indicator Defective indicator Select Maintenance > LED Test in the
off LCT-APT menu and check that the
indicator blinks for some time. If not,
replace the module.
FPGA in module downloaded  Power off and wait a few minutes
unsuccessfully before powering on again.
 If the Green ACT indicator is still
off, download and activate the NE
embedded software package
either through the LCT-APT or the
Boot Configuration Tool.
 After the new embedded
software package is activated, the
ACT indicator should be on and
the FAIL indicator off.
Defective module  If the ACT indicator is still off,
replace the module.
 If the ACT indicator is still off,
replace the NPT-1030 unit.
Red FAIL indicator on Embedded software and FPGA  Power off and wait a few minutes
3
or not turning off not downloaded before powering on again.
after power-on and  If the Red FAIL indicator is still on,
reset download and activate the NE
embedded software package
either through the LCT-APT or the
Boot Configuration Tool.
 After the new embedded
software package is activated, the
ACT indicator should be on and
the FAIL indicator off.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-13


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


Damaged software or defective  Perform a warm reset on the
card/module NPT-1030 by pushing the RST
button.
 If the FAIL indicator is on after
reset, download and activate the
NE embedded software package
either through the LCT-APT or the
Boot Configuration Tool.
 After the software is completely
downloaded to the NPT-1030, the
ACT indicator should be on and
the FAIL indicator off.
 If the FAIL indicator turns on
again, replace the module.

Table 7-12: Special troubleshooting procedures for P345_3 card

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Orange mode Corresponding port configured Check with the management station
indicator off to E3 operator to determine whether the
module has already been configured
for DS-3. If not, ignore the state of the
Mode indicator.
Defective indicators If the port is in DS-3 mode, the
indicator should be on. If not, replace
the card.

Table 7-13: General troubleshooting procedures for daughterboards on SM_10E cards

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Green ACT indicator Defective indicator or defective  Check whether the SM_10E card is
off after power on or daughterboard running, meaning that the ACT
reset LED is blinking. If yes, extract the
daughterboard and reinsert it.
 If the Green ACT indicator does
not turn on too, replace the
daughterboard.
Defective Dslot on SM_10E If replacing the daughterboard does
not resolve the problem, replace the
SM_10E card.
2 Red FAIL indicator on BIT fail Replace the module.
after power on or
reset

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-14


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Table 7-14: Special troubleshooting procedures for SM_EOP daughter boards

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Left green LED in the Link down or defective indicator  No trail on the corresponding
Port 1 or Port 2 RJ-45 Ethernet ports indicates a normal
off state.
 If there are trails on the
corresponding Ethernet ports,
check whether there is a CSF
alarm in the corresponding
Ethernet trails.
 If yes, try to find the reason for
the CSF problem and resolve it,
and check the link status again.
 Make sure the cable connected to
the corresponding port is not
damaged.
 Connect the cable to an Ethernet
analyzer. If a normal signal is
detected, the indicator is
defective or the port is
unavailable. Replace the card.
2 Right orange LED in 10 Mbps link or defective  Check the port attributes in the
the Port 1 or Port 2 indicator LCT-BGF. If the speed status is 10
RJ-45 off Mbps, it is in normal state.
 If the speed status in the LCT-APT
is 100 Mbps, the indicator is
defective. Replace the card.

Table 7-15: Special troubleshooting procedures for OW box

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Green ACT indicator is Power failure  Power off and wait a few minutes
always off before powering on again.
 If the indicator is still off, replace
the OW box.
Select Maintenance > LED Test in the
LCT-APT menu, and check that the
indicator blinks for some time. If not,
replace the OW box.
2. Both ACT and Fail S/W on OW box damaged Replace OW box.
Indicators blink

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-15


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


3 Red FAIL indicator on Connection between OW and  Check the alarms on the OW
NPT-1030 failure or faulty OW through LCT-APT.
box  If there is Card-out alarm, check
the connection between NPT-1030
and the OW box, and try to solve it
by reconnecting or replacing the
cable.
 If there is a BIT-fail alarm, replace
the OW box.
Defective indicator Select Maintenance > LED Test in the
LCT-APT menu, and check that the
indicator blinks for some time. If not,
replace the OW box.
4 Green In Use indicator OW phone not in use If the OW phone is on the hook, the
off indicator should be off; it is normal.
Pick the phone up; the indicator should
be on.
Defective indicator Select Maintenance > LED Test in the
LCT-APT menu, and check that the
indicator blinks for some time. If not,
replace the OW box.
5 Green NET A indicator OW not working on Group A Check if OW is working on group A. If
off not, ignore the state of the indicator.

Defective indicator Select Maintenance > LED Test in the


LCT-APT menu, and check that the
indicator blinks for some time. If not,
replace the OW box.
6 Green NET B indicator OW not working on Group B Check if OW is working on group B. If
off not, ignore the state of the indicator.

Defective indicator Select Maintenance > LED Test in the


LCT-APT menu, and check that the
indicator blinks for some time. If not,
replace the OW box.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-16


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Table 7-16: Special troubleshooting procedures for TP21_2/TP63_1/TPS1_1 cards

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Green ACT indicator Defective indicator or power Extract the card and reinsert it. If the
off after power-on or fault indicator is still off, replace the card.
reset
Defective card  If the ACT indicator is still off,
replace the module.
 If the ACT indicator is still off,
replace the EXT-2U unit.
2 Red FAIL indicator on FPGA not downloaded  Power off and wait a few minutes
or not turning off before powering on.
after power-on and  If the Red FAIL indicator is still on,
reset download and activate the NE
embedded software package
either through the LCT-APT or the
Boot Configuration Tool.
 After the new embedded software
package is active, the ACT
indicator should be on and the
FAIL indicator off.
3 Yellow traffic Corresponding port not on the Check with the management station
indicator off working path operator to determine whether the
port is on the working path. If not,
ignore the state of the Mode indicator.
Defective indicators If the port is on the working path, the
indicator should be on. If not, replace
the card.

Table 7-17: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMFX_4_L1 and DMFX_4_L2

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Green transceiver SFP module damaged  If there is an SFP-ID-Fail alarm, on
laser of FX LAN the LCT-APT, the IDPROM of the
indicator off SFP module may be damaged.
Replace it.
 Force the laser on through the
LCT-APT; the laser on indicator
should be on. If not, the SFP
module or the optical module is
damaged. Replace the damaged
module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-17


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Table 7-18: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMGE_1_L1

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Right green LED in the Link down or defective indicator  No trail on the corresponding
RJ-45 off Ethernet ports indicates a normal
state.
 If there are trails on the
corresponding Ethernet ports,
check whether there is a CSF
alarm in the corresponding
Ethernet trails.
 If yes, try to find the reason for
the CSF problem and resolve.
Check the link status again.
 Make sure the cable connected to
the corresponding port is not
damaged.
 Connect the cable to an Ethernet
analyzer. If a normal signal is
detected, the indicator is
defective or the port unavailable.
Replace the card.
2 Left orange LED in the 10 Mbps link or defective  Check the port attributes in the
RJ-45 off indicator LCT-APT. If the speed status is 10
Mbps, it is in normal state.
 If the speed status in the LCT-APT
is 100 Mbps, the NPT-1030 or
indicator is defective. Replace the
card.
3 Green transceiver SFP module damaged  On the LCT-APT, get the current
laser of GbE LAN alarm. If there is an SFP-ID-Fail
indicator off alarm, the IDPROM of the SFP
module may be damaged. Replace
it.
 Force the laser on through the
LCT-APT; the laser on indicator
should be on. If not, the SFP
module or the optical module is
damaged. Replace the damaged
module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-18


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Table 7-19: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMGE_4_L1

No. Symptoms Probable cause Corrective actions


1 Green transceiver SFP module damaged  On the LCT-APT, get the current
laser of GbE LAN alarm. If there is an SFP-ID-Fail
indicator off alarm, the IDPROM of the SFP
module may be damaged. Replace
it.
 Force the laser on through the
LCT-APT. The laser on indicator
should be on. If not, the SFP
module or the optical module is
damaged. Replace the damaged
module.

7.5 Replacing Cards and Modules


The following sections provide procedures for replacing cards and modules in the NPT-1030.

7.5.1 Safety and Workmanship


Refer to Before You Start for safety and workmanship instructions.

CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices


PROPER HANDLING AND GROUNDING PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED
NPT-1030 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD. To prevent ESD damage, strictly
observe all the precautions listed in Protection Against ESD. Keep parts and cards in their
antistatic packaging material until you are ready to install them.
Use an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded equipment frame or rack when handling
cards and modules during installation, removal, or connection to internal connectors.

Before you start:


When inserting cards and modules, be sure to carefully align the card/module with the platform guide rails.
If you feel resistance during insertion, immediately retract the card/module and repeat the process.
Hold the card/module straight during insertion and removal, and pull or push it slowly and carefully to
avoid touching components located on adjacent cards/modules.
Do not use excessive torque when tightening the fastening screws of cards and modules.
Visually inspect the card and the mating backplane connectors and make sure that there are no signs of
physical damage. In particular, check for bent connector pins.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-19


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

Before replacing any card, module, or optical transceiver:


1. Check that the replacement component has not been physically damaged during shipment.
2. Remove the replacement component from its antistatic protection packaging, and perform a visual
inspection to detect damage during shipment. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions as indicated on the component identification labels, and
make sure they are compatible with those of the component to be replaced.

After replacing a component: 0.

1. Place it in its antistatic protection packaging and close it.


2. Attach a report to the packaging explaining the reason for the replacement, and identify the network
site, physical location, platform, and time of replacement.

7.5.2 Replacing the MCP30B Card

CAUTION: Replacing the MCP30B card does not affect traffic on other Tslot cards. However,
T3/T4 synchronization signals, the E1-based DCC clear channel, and OW traffic are unavailable
for the duration of the replacement.

To replace an MCP30B card in the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Mark each cable connected to the MCP30B card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the MCP30B card.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handle on the MCP30B panel and pull the card to be replaced outward until it is released
from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the card out of the platform.
6. Extract the SD (or CF) card from the replaced MCP30B card. Push the SD (or CF) card and then release
it to remove the card from the slot automatically.
7. Insert the SD (or CF) card into the replacement MCP30B card. Be sure the card is properly locked.
8. Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card guides.
9. Push the replacement card in until the front panel of the card is flush with the front of the NPT-1030
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the card out and repeat the
procedure.
10. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the card to the NPT-1030 platform.
11. Reconnect all cables for the MCP30B card according to the cable marks.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-20


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

7.5.3 Replacing XIO30 Cards

CAUTION: Because of XIO30 card redundancy, all the traffic on the main XIO30 can be
protected by the standby XIO30 when replacing the main card. To avoid breaks in traffic, the
XIO30 cards must be replaced one by one. It is important that the standby XIO30 card be
running before replacing the main XIO30 card.

To replace an XIO30 card in the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Mark the fibers connected to the XIO30 card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all fibers connecting the XIO30 card.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handle on the XIO30 card panel and pull the card to be replaced outward until it is released
from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the card out of the platform.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card guides.
7. Push the replacement card in until the front panel of the card is flush with the front of the NPT-1030
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the card out and repeat the
procedure.
8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the card to the NPT-1030 platform.
9. Reconnect the fibers for the XIO30 card according to the cable marks.

7.5.4 Replacing Tslot Cards

To replace a Tslot card in the NPT-1030 platform:


1. Mark each cable connected to the Tslot card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the Tslot card.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handle on the Tslot card panel and pull the card to be replaced outward until it is released
from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the card out of the platform.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card guides.
7. Push the replacement card in until the front panel of the card is flush with the front of the NPT-1030
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the card out and repeat the
procedure.
8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the card to the NPT-1030 platform.
9. Reconnect all cables for the Tslot card according to the cable marks.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-21


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

7.5.5 Replacing Eslot Cards

NOTE: All Eslot cards support live insertion. There is no need to power-off the NPT-1030 or
the EXT-2U units when replacing them.

To replace an Eslot card in the EXT-2U platform:


1. Mark each cable connected to the Eslot card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the Eslot card.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handles on the Eslot card panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is
released from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the platform.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.
7. Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the
EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat
the procedure.
8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the EXT-2U platform.
9. Reconnect all cables for the Eslot card according to the cable marks.

7.5.6 Replacing Traffic Modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E

NOTE: All traffic modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E support live insertion. There is no need to
extract the SM_10E/EM_10E card when replacing a module.

To replace a traffic module on the SM_10E/EM_10E:


1. Mark each cable connected to the traffic module on the SM_10E/EM_10E card for identification
purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the traffic module.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handles on the traffic module panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is
released from the SM_10E/EM_10E card.
5. Continue to hold the handle and gently pull the module out of the card.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.
7. Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the
SM_10E/EM_10E card. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and
repeat the procedure.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-22


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the SM_10E/EM_10E card.
9. Reconnect all cables for the traffic module according to the cable marks.

7.5.7 Replacing ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E

To replace an ICP for the SM_10E/EM_10E:


1. Mark each cable connected to the ICP for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the ICP.
3. Loosen and remove the four screws.
4. Replace the ICP and close the screws to fasten the ICP to the platform.
5. Reconnect all cables for the ICP according to the cable marks.

7.5.8 Replacing Power Modules

CAUTION:
 If using a DC power supply, each NPT-1030/EXT-2U platform has two power modules.
Replacing the power module therefore does not cause the NE to power off.
 Replace INF_B1U modules one at a time so that the system is not powered off.

To replace the power module:


1. Cut off the power source connected to the power module by turning off the corresponding power
switch on the RAP.
2. Disconnect the power cable from the replaced power module on the panel.
3. Open the two screws fastening the power module to the platform.
4. Hold the handle on the panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is released from the
backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the platform.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.
7. Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the
NPT-1030 or EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out
and repeat the procedure.
8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the NPT-1030 or
EXT-2U platform.
9. Reconnect the power cable to the replacement power module.
10. Turn on the power switch on the RAP.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-23


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

7.5.9 Replacing the FCU_1030/FCU_E2U Module

CAUTION:
 Each NPT-1030/EXT-2U platform has one FCU module.
 Replace the FCU module as soon as needed, as the temperature inside the
NPT-1030/EXT-2U continues to rise without the fan unit. The high temperature can cause
hardware damage.

To replace an FCU_1030/FCU_E2U module in the NPT-1030/EXT-2U


platform:
1. Loosen and remove the screws on the panel.
2. Hold the handle on the FCU_1030/FCU_E2U panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it
is released from the backplane.
3. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the platform.
4. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding card guides.
5. Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the
NPT-1030/EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out
and repeat the procedure.
6. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the NPT-1030/EXT-2U platform.

7.5.10 Replacing an ICP for the MCP30B

To replace an ICP for the MCP30B:


1. Mark each cable connected to the ICP for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the ICP.
3. Loosen and remove the four screws.
4. Replace the ICP and close the screws to fasten the ICP to the platform.
5. Reconnect all cables for the ICP according to the cable marks.

7.5.11 Replacing SFP/XFP/SFP+ Transceivers


ECI supplies field-replaceable SFP/XFP/SFP+ transceivers in all optical and electrical STM-1 interfaces. Hot
swapping is allowed, provided you observe the safety precautions described in Before You Start during the
replacement.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-24


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Maintenance

To replace an SFP/XFP/SFP+ transceiver:


1. Mark each fiber or cable connected to the transceiver for identification purposes.
2. Identify the position of the SFP/XFP/SFP+ transceiver to be replaced.
3. Disconnect the fibers or cables connected to the transceiver.
4. Remove the transceiver plug-in by pulling its tab.
5. Insert the rear end of the replacement transceiver plug-in into the prescribed position, and push
slowly backward to mate its rear connector with the corresponding optical interface module
connector until the transceiver clicks into place (see the following figure). If you feel resistance before
the transceiver plug-in is fully inserted, retract the transceiver and repeat the process.
Figure 7-1: Inserting an SFP/XFP/SFP+ transceiver into a module

6. Reconnect the fibers or cables disconnected in Step 3.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 7-25


8 Connection Data

8.1 Overview
This chapter provides connection data for the user connectors located in the NPT-1030/EXT-2U platforms
and associated ancillary equipment supplied by ECI.
Any connectors not described in this appendix are reserved for use by ECI technical support personnel
and/or future expansion, and therefore no user equipment may be connected to them.

8.2 INF_B1U/INF_30BH/INF_E2U DC Input Power


Connectors
The DC input power connectors, designated POWER IN, are 3-pin D-type male connectors located on the
INF_B1U/INF_30BH/INF_E2U panel. The following figure identifies the functions of the POWER IN
connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 8-1: POWER IN input power connector, pin functions

8.3 AC_CONV_30B/AC_PS-E2U AC Input Power


Connectors
AC input power connectors are located on the AC_CONV_30B/AC_PS-E2U front panel, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 8-2: AC input power connector

8.4 MNG Ethernet Connector


The Ethernet connector located on the MCP30B panel, designated MNG, is an eight-pin RJ-45 connector
providing an Ethernet 10BaseT management interface.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-1


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

The Ethernet connector is wired as a station port intended for direct connection through a straight cable to
a port of a 10BaseT Ethernet hub.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the pin assignment for a typical connector.
Figure 8-3: Ethernet connector, pin identification

Table 8-1: Ethernet connector, pin assignment

Pin Designation Function Direction


1 TX+ Transmit, + wire Output

2 TX- Transmit, - wire Output

3 RX+ Receive, + wire Input

4, 5 N/C Not connected ---

6 RX- Receive, - wire Input

7 N/C Not connected ---

8 N/C Not connected ---

8.5 T3/T4 Timing Connector


The T3/T4 timing connector is an RJ-45 connector located on the MCP30B panel and designated T3/T4. The
interface includes a group of lines that are usually connected to the site timing reference distribution
subsystem:
 Clock input (T3 2.048 Mbps or 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface)
 Clock output (T4 2.048 Mbps or 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface)
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the pin assignment for the connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin
in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Figure 8-4: T3/T4 connector, pin identification

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-2


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-2: T3/T4 connector, PIN identification

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CLK2MHZ_IN(A) Input Blue/White-ring
2.048/1.544 MHz clock
input
2 CLK2MHZ_IN(B) Input White/Blue-ring
3 CLK2MHZ_OUT(A) 2.048/1.544 MHz clock Output Green/White-ring
output
4 CLK2MHZ_OUT(B) Output White/Green-ring
5 CLK2MBIT_IN(A) 2.048/1.544 Mbps clock Input Brown/White-ring
input
6 CLK2MBIT_IN(B) Input White/Brown-ring
7 CLK2MBIT_OUT(A) 2.048/1.544 Mbps clock Output Orange/White-ring
output
8 CLK2MBIT_OUT(B) Output White/Orange-ring

8.6 Auxiliary Connector on the MCP30B


The MCP30B provides one Auxiliary interface on its front panel. This 36-pin VHDCI female connector serves
V.11, RS-232, alarm, and OW signals. There are two options for using this connector:
 If only Alarms interfaces are used, a special alarm cable supplied by ECI can be connected to the
Auxiliary connector directly and can only serve alarm signals.
 If other interfaces are also used, the ICP_MCP30, which distributes the concentrated Auxiliary
connector into dedicated connectors for each function, must be connected to this Auxiliary connector
through a back-to-back cable.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the pin assignment for a typical connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Figure 8-5: Auxiliary connector for MCP30/MCP30B, pin identification

Table 8-3: V.11 Auxiliary connector, pin assignment

Pin in VHDCI36 Name Function Direction Pin in SCSI-36


MCP30B ICP_MCP30

1 AL_INA1 First alarm input wire A Input 1


2 AL_INB1 First alarm input wire B Input 2
3 AL_INA3 Third alarm input wire A Input 3

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-3


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin in VHDCI36 Name Function Direction Pin in SCSI-36


MCP30B ICP_MCP30

4 AL_INB3 Third alarm input wire B Input 4


5 AL_OUTA1 First alarm output wire A Output 5
6 AL_OUTB1 First alarm output wire B Output 6
7 AL_OUT3(B2) Third alarm output, normally Output 7
open
8 N/C Not connected --- 8
9 RXD Channel receive Input 9
10 N/C Not connected --- 10
11 OW_2M_INP Orderwire input wire A Input 11
12 OW_2M_INN Orderwire input wire B Input 12
13 V11TXDA Transmit data A From DTE 13
14 V11TXDB Transmit data B From DTE 14
15 V11RCLKA Receive timing A To DTE 15
16 V11RCLKB Receive timing B To DTE 16
17 V11RXDA Receive data A To DTE 17
18 V11RXDB Receive data B To DTE 18
19 AL_INA2 Second alarm input wire A Input 19
20 AL_INB2 Second alarm input wire B Input 20
21 AL_INA4 Fourth alarm input wire A Input 21
22 AL_INB4 Fourth alarm input wire B Input 22
23 AL_OUTA2 Second alarm output wire A Output 23
24 AL_OUTB2 Second alarm output wire B Output 24
25 AL_OUTA3 Third alarm output, common Output 25
26 AL_OUT3(B1) Third alarm output, normally Output 26
closed
27 RS232_GND Ground --- 27
28 TXD Channel transmit Output 28
29 OW_2M_OUTP Orderwire output wire A Output 29
30 OW_2M_OUTN Orderwire output wire B Output 30
31 V11_RCA Terminal timing A From DTE 31
32 V11_RCB Terminal timing A From DTE 32
33 V11_TCLKA Transmit timing A To DTE 33
34 V11_TCLKB Transmit timing B To DTE 34
35 V11_GND GND --- 35
36 CGND CGND --- 36
Shell --- Braid --- Shell

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-4


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.7 RS-232 Connector


One RS-232 connector provides a debug RS-232 interface; it's an RJ-45 connector located on the
ICP_MCP30 panel and designated RS-232.
The following figure shows an RS-232 cable from the RJ-45 connector to the DB-9 female connector. The
table lists the connector pin assignment for both the RJ-45 connector and the DB-9 connector, when using
the RS-232 cable supplied by ECI.
Figure 8-6: RS-232 overhead connectors, pin identification

Figure 8-7: RS-232 overhead cable

Figure 8-8: RS-232 overhead cable label

Table 8-4: RS-232 connectors, pin assignment

Pin in RJ-45 Name Function Direction Pin in DB-9


1 COM-TX Channel transmit Output 2
2 GND Ground --- 5

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-5


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin in RJ-45 Name Function Direction Pin in DB-9


3, 4, 5, 6 --- Not connected --- ---
7 COM-RX Channel receive Input 3
8 GND Ground --- ---

8.8 Orderwire Connector


The OW connector is an RJ-45 connector located on the ICP_MCP30 panel and designated OW. The
interface includes a pair of E1 balanced interfaces connected to an RJ-45 connector on the BG-OW front
panel.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the pin assignment for the orderwire connector at both the NPT-1030 and BG-OW ends, when using the
OW cable supplied by ECI.
Figure 8-9: OW connector, pin identification

Table 8-5: OW connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Pin


(in NPT-1030) (in BG-OW)
1 OW_IN(A) Orderwire input Input 1
2 OW_IN(B) Input 2
3 OW_OUT(A) Orderwire Output 5
output
4 OW_OUT(B) Output 6
5 --- --- --- 3
6 --- --- --- 4
7 --- --- --- 7
8 --- --- --- 8

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-6


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.9 V.11 Overhead Connector


The V.11 overhead connector is a 15-pin high-density D-type female connector on the ICP_MCP30 panel.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the connector pin assignment.
Figure 8-10: V.11 connector, pin identification

Table 8-6: V.11 overhead connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 V11_RCLK(-) Receive timing A To DTE Brown
2 V11_TCLK(-) Transmit timing A To DTE Red
3 V11_RXD(-) Receive data A To DTE Orange
4 V11_TTCLK(-) Terminal timing A From DTE Yellow
5 V11_TXD(-) Transmit data A From DTE Green
6 V11_RCLK(+) Receive timing B To DTE Brown/Gray ring
7 V11_TCLK(+) Transmit timing B To DTE Red/Gray ring
8 V11_RXD(+) Receive data B To DTE Orange/Gray ring
9 V11_TTCLK(+) Terminal timing B From DTE Yellow/Gray ring

10 V11_TXD(+) Transmit data B From DTE Green/Gray ring

11 --- Not connected --- ---

12 --- Not connected --- ---

13 --- Not connected --- ---

14 GND Ground --- Blue

15 CGND Chassis ground --- Drain wire (braided)

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-7


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.10 Alarms Connector


The Alarms connector, designated ALARMS, is a 15-pin D-type male connector on the ICP_MCP30 panel
providing an alarm interface connecting to the RAP. The connector supports two groups of lines:
 Four external alarm input lines monitored by the NPT-1030 management subsystem. Each input is
connected to the input diode of an optocoupler.
 Three alarm output lines. Each output is provided by a relay dry contact.
Relay contact ratings are 75 V in open the state and 1A in closed state.
The Alarms connector can be connected in one of the following configurations:
 Direct connection to a customer’s alarms collection facilities
 Connection to the RAP
ECI offers appropriate cables for each of these configurations.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the connector pin assignment.
Figure 8-11: Alarms connector, pin identification

Table 8-7: Alarms connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

1 ALARM_IN1(A) First alarm input Input Brown

6 ALARM_IN1(B) Input Brown/Gray ring

2 ALARM_IN2(A) Second alarm input Input Red

7 ALARM_IN2(B) Input Red/Gray ring

3 ALARM_IN3(A) Third alarm input Input Orange

8 ALARM_IN3(A) Input Orange/Gray ring

4 ALARM_IN4(A) Fourth alarm input Input Yellow

9 ALARM_IN4(B) Input Yellow/Gray ring

11 ALARM_OUT1(A) First alarm output Output Blue

12 ALARM_OUT1(B) Output Blue/Gray ring

13 ALARM_OUT2(A) Second alarm output Output Violet

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-8


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

14 ALARM_OUT2(B) Output Violet/Gray ring

5 ALARM_OUT3(A) Third alarm output, Output Green


common

10 ALARM_OUT3(B1) Third alarm output, Output Green/Gray ring


normally closed

15 ALARM_OUT3(B2) Third alarm output, Output White


normally open

8.11 E1 Connectors on the PME1_21


The PME1_21 provides 21 balanced E1 tributary interfaces through a SCSI-100 female connector. The
SCSI-100 connector serves the 21 × E1 receive and transmit signals.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the pin assignment for a typical connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Figure 8-12: E1 connectors for PME1_21, pin identification

Table 8-8: PME1_21 connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 --- Not connected --- ---
2 TTIP21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire A Output White/Pink ring
3 TRING21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire B Output Light Gray/Pink ring
4 TTIP20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire A --- Blue/Pink ring
5 TRING20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire B --- Green/Pink ring
6 TTIP19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire A Output Yellow/Pink ring
7 TRING19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire B Output Orange/Pink ring
8 --- Not connected --- ---
9 TTIP18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire A Output Red/Pink ring
10 TRING18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire B Output Brown/Pink ring
11 TTIP17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire A Output White/Violet ring
12 TRING17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire B Output Light Gray/Violet ring
13 TTIP16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire A Output Blue/Violet ring
14 TRING16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire B Output Green/Violet ring
15 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-9


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


16 TTIP15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire A Output Yellow/Violet ring
17 TRING15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire B Output Orange/Violet ring
18 TTIP14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire A Output Red/Violet ring
19 TRING14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire B Output Brown/Violet ring
20 TTIP13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire A Output White/Orange ring
21 TRING13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire B Output Light Gray/Orange
ring
22 --- Not connected --- ---
23 TTIP12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire A Output Violet/Orange ring
24 TRING12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire B Output Blue/Orange ring
25 TTIP11 Transmit, tributary 11, wire A Output Brown/Gray ring
26 TRING11 Transmit, tributary 11, wire B Output Brown
27 TTIP10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire A Output Red/Gray ring
28 TRING10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire B Output Red
29 --- Not connected --- ---
30 TTIP9 Transmit, tributary 9, wire A Output Orange/Gray ring
31 TRING9 Transmit, tributary 9, wire B Output Orange
32 TTIP8 Transmit, tributary 8, wire A Output Yellow/Gray ring
33 TRING8 Transmit, tributary 8, wire B Output Yellow
34 TTIP7 Transmit, tributary 7, wire A Output Green/Gray ring
35 TRING7 Transmit, tributary 7, wire B Output Green
36 --- Not connected --- ---
37 TTIP6 Transmit, tributary 6, wire A Output Blue/Gray ring
38 TRING6 Transmit, tributary 6, wire B Output Blue
39 TTIP5 Transmit, tributary 5, wire A Output Violet/Gray ring
40 TRING5 Transmit, tributary 5, wire B Output Violet
41 TTIP4 Transmit, tributary 4, wire A Output White/Gray ring
42 TRING4 Transmit, tributary 4, wire B Output White
43 --- Not connected --- ---
44 TTIP3 Transmit, tributary 3, wire A Output Pink/Gray ring
45 TRING3 Transmit, tributary 3, wire B Output Pink
46 TTIP2 Transmit, tributary 2, wire A Output Red/White ring
47 TRING2 Transmit, tributary 2, wire B Output Brown/White ring
48 TTIP1 Transmit, tributary 1, wire A Output Yellow/White ring
49 TRING1 Transmit, tributary 1, wire B Output Orange/White ring
50 --- Not connected --- ---
51 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-10


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


52 RTIP21 Receive, tributary 21, wire A Input Green/Orange ring
53 RRING21 Receive, tributary 21, wire B Input Yellow/Orange ring
54 RTIP20 Receive, tributary 20, wire A Input Red/Orange ring
55 RRING20 Receive, tributary 20, wire B Input Brown/Orange ring
56 RTIP19 Receive, tributary 19, wire A Input White/Blue ring
57 RRING19 Receive, tributary 19, wire B Input Light Gray/Blue ring
58 --- Not connected --- ---
59 RTIP18 Receive, tributary 18, wire A Input Violet/Blue ring
60 RRING18 Receive, tributary 18, wire B Input Green/Blue ring
61 RTIP17 Receive, tributary 17, wire A Input Yellow/Blue ring
62 RRING17 Receive, tributary 17, wire B Input Orange/Blue ring
63 RTIP16 Receive, tributary 16, wire A Input Red/Blue ring
64 RRING16 Receive, tributary 16, wire B Input Brown/Blue ring
65 --- Not connected --- ---
66 RTIP15 Receive, tributary 15, wire A Input White/Yellow ring
67 RRING15 Receive, tributary 15, wire B Input Light Gray/
Yellow ring
68 RTIP14 Receive, tributary 14, wire A Input Violet/Yellow ring
69 RRING14 Receive, tributary 14, wire B Input Blue/Yellow ring
70 RTIP13 Receive, tributary 13, wire A Input Green/Yellow ring
71 RRING13 Receive, tributary 13, wire B Input Orange/Yellow ring
72 --- Not connected --- ---
73 RTIP12 Receive, tributary 12, wire A Input Red/Yellow ring
74 RRING12 Receive, tributary 12, wire B Input Brown/Yellow ring
75 RTIP11 Receive, tributary 11, wire A Input Blue/White ring
76 RRING11 Receive, tributary 11, wire B Input Green/White ring
77 RTIP10 Receive, tributary 10, wire A Input Light Gray/White
ring
78 RRING10 Receive, tributary 10, wire B Input Violet/White ring
79 --- Not connected --- ---
80 RTIP9 Receive, tributary 9, wire A Input Yellow/Brown ring
81 RRING9 Receive, tributary 9, wire B Input Red/Brown ring
82 RTIP8 Receive, tributary 8, wire A Input Green/Brown ring
83 RRING8 Receive, tributary 8, wire B Input Orange/Brown ring
84 RTIP7 Receive, tributary 7, wire A Input Violet/Brown ring
85 RRING7 Receive, tributary 7, wire B Input Blue/Brown ring
86 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-11


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


87 RTIP6 Receive, tributary 6, wire A Input Pink/Brown ring
88 RRING6 Receive, tributary 6, wire B Input Light Gray/Brown
ring
89 RTIP5 Receive, tributary 5, wire A Input Light Gray/Red ring
90 RRING5 Receive, tributary 5, wire B Input Brown/Red ring
91 RTIP4 Receive, tributary 4, wire A Input Green/Red ring
92 RRING4 Receive, tributary 4, wire B Input Yellow/Red ring
93 --- Not connected --- ---
94 RTIP3 Receive, tributary 3, wire A Input Violet/Red ring
95 RRING3 Receive, tributary 3, wire B Input Blue/Red ring
96 RTIP2 Receive, tributary 2, wire A Input Pink/Red ring
97 RRING2 Receive, tributary 2, wire B Input White/Red ring
98 RTIP1 Receive, tributary 1, wire A Input Light Gray/Green
ring
99 RRING1 Receive, tributary 1, wire B Input Brown/Green ring
100 --- Not connected --- ---
Platform --- Braid --- ---

8.12 PME1_63 Connection Data


The PME1_63 provides 63 balanced E1 tributary interfaces and has a 272-pin VHDCI female connector. If
unbalanced E1 interfaces (75 Ω) are required a conversion patch panel box, like the xDDF-21, is used. The
connector has two parts, each with 136 pins; the upper part serves the 63 E1 receive signals and the lower
part the 63 E1 transmit signals.
ECI offers a special cable for connecting the PME1_63 (see Traffic Cable for PME1_63.) The cable end
connecting to the PME1_63 terminates with a double 136-pin VHDCI male connector. The connector parts
are designated as P1 for the transmit lines and P3 for the receive lines.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The tables list
the pin assignment for a typical connector (for unbalanced interfaces, wire A is the center (tip) conductor
and wire B is the shield or ring). These tables list the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin
in the cable offered by ECI’s Network Solutions Division for connecting the tributary connector and a
distribution frame. The cable marking in the heading of each table refers to the 26 AWG cable connected to
the conversion box as designated in the cable description (see Traffic Cable for PME1_63 ).
Figure 8-13: PME1_63 connector pin identification

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-12


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-9: Connector P1 E1 #1 to E1 #21 Tx lines

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable a (red dots on jacket)

1 -- N/C -- --

2 -- N/C -- --

3 TXD_P1 Transmit, tributary 1, wire A Output Brown

4 TXD_N1 Transmit, tributary 1, wire B Output Brown/Gray

5 TXD_P2 Transmit, tributary 2, wire A Output Red

6 TXD_N2 Transmit, tributary 2, wire B Output Red/Gray

7 TXD_P3 Transmit, tributary 3, wire A Output Orange

8 TXD_N3 Transmit, tributary 3, wire B Output Orange/Gray

9 TXD_P4 Transmit, tributary 4, wire A Output Yellow

10 TXD_N4 Transmit, tributary 4, wire B Output Yellow/Gray

11 TXD_P5 Transmit, tributary 5, wire A Output Green

12 TXD_N5 Transmit, tributary 5, wire B Output Green/Gray

13 TXD_P6 Transmit, tributary 6, wire A Output Blue

14 TXD_N6 Transmit, tributary 6, wire B Output Blue/Gray

15 TXD_P7 Transmit, tributary 7, wire A Output Purple

16 TXD_N7 Transmit, tributary 7, wire B Output Purple/Gray

17 TXD_P8 Transmit, tributary 8, wire A Output White

18 TXD_N8 Transmit, tributary 8, wire B Output White/Gray

19 TXD_P9 Transmit, tributary 9, wire A Output Pink

20 TXD_N9 Transmit, tributary 9, wire B Output Pink/Gray

21 TXD_P10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire A Output Brown/White

22 TXD_N10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire B Output Red/White

23 TXD_P11 Transmit, tributary 11, wire A Output Orange/White

24 TXD_N11 Transmit, tributary 11, wire B Output Yellow/White

25 TXD_P12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire A Output Green/White

26 TXD_N12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire B Output Blue/White

27 TXD_P13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire A Output Purple/White

28 TXD_N13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire B Output Light-Gray/White

29 TXD_P14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire A Output Red/Brown

30 TXD_N14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire B Output Yellow/Brown

31 TXD_P15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire A Output Orange/Brown

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-13


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable a (red dots on jacket)

32 TXD_N15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire B Output Green/Brown

33 TXD_P16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire A Output Blue/Brown

34 TXD_N16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire B Output Purple/Brown

35 -- N/C -- --

36 -- N/C -- --

37 TXD_P17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire A Output Light-Gray/Brown

38 TXD_N17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire B Output Pink/Brown

39 TXD_P18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire A Output Brown/Red

40 TXD_N18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire B Output Light-Gray/Red

41 TXD_P19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire A Output Yellow/Red

42 TXD_N19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire B Output Green/Red

43 TXD_P20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire A Output Blue/Red

44 TXD_N20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire B Output Purple/Red

45 TXD_P21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire A Output White/Red

46 TXD_N21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire B Output Pink/Red

Table 8-10: Connector P3 E1 #1 to E1 #21 Rx lines

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable b (red dots on jacket)

91 RXD_N21 Receive, tributary 21, wire A Input Brown/Yellow

92 RXD_P21 Receive, tributary 21, wire B Input Red/Yellow

93 RXD_N20 Receive, tributary 20, wire A Input Orange/Yellow

94 RXD_P20 Receive, tributary 20, wire B Input Green/Yellow

95 RXD_N19 Receive, tributary 19, wire A Input Blue/Yellow

96 RXD_P19 Receive, tributary 19, wire B Input Purple/Yellow

97 RXD_N18 Receive, tributary 18, wire A Input Light-Gray/Yellow

98 RXD_P18 Receive, tributary 18, wire B Input White/Yellow

99 RXD_N17 Receive, tributary 17, wire A Input Brown/Blue

100 RXD_P17 Receive, tributary 17, wire B Input Red/Blue

101 -- N/C -- --

102 -- N/C -- --

103 RXD_N16 Receive, tributary 16, wire A Input Orange/Blue

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-14


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable b (red dots on jacket)

104 RXD_P16 Receive, tributary 16, wire B Input Yellow/Blue

105 RXD_N15 Receive, tributary 15, wire A Input Green/Blue

106 RXD_P15 Receive, tributary 15, wire B Input Purple/Blue

107 RXD_N14 Receive, tributary 14, wire A Input Light-Gray/Blue

108 RXD_P14 Receive, tributary 14, wire B Input White/Blue

109 RXD_N13 Receive, tributary 13, wire A Input Brown/Orange

110 RXD_P13 Receive, tributary 13, wire B Input Red/Orange

111 RXD_N12 Receive, tributary 12, wire A Input Yellow/Orange

112 RXD_P12 Receive, tributary 12, wire B Input Green/Orange

113 RXD_N11 Receive, tributary 11, wire A Input Blue/Orange

114 RXD_P11 Receive, tributary 11, wire B Input Purple/Orange

115 RXD_N10 Receive, tributary 10, wire A Input Light-Gray/Orange

116 RXD_P10 Receive, tributary 10, wire B Input White/Orange

117 RXD_N9 Receive, tributary 9, wire A Input Brown/Purple

118 RXD_P9 Receive, tributary 9, wire B Input Red/Purple

119 RXD_N8 Receive, tributary 8, wire A Input Orange/Purple

120 RXD_P8 Receive, tributary 8, wire B Input Yellow/Purple

121 RXD_N7 Receive, tributary 7, wire A Input Green/Purple

122 RXD_P7 Receive, tributary 7, wire B Input Blue/Purple

123 RXD_N6 Receive, tributary 6, wire A Input Light-Gray/Purple

124 RXD_P6 Receive, tributary 6, wire B Input White/Purple

125 RXD_N5 Receive, tributary 5, wire A Input Brown/Pink

126 RXD_P5 Receive, tributary 5, wire B Input Red/Pink

127 RXD_N4 Receive, tributary 4, wire A Input Orange/Pink

128 RXD_P4 Receive, tributary 4, wire B Input Yellow/Pink

129 RXD_N3 Receive, tributary 3, wire A Input Green/Pink

130 RXD_P3 Receive, tributary 3, wire B Input Blue/Pink

131 RXD_N2 Receive, tributary 2, wire A Input Light-Gray/Pink

132 RXD_P2 Receive, tributary 2, wire B Input White/Pink

133 RXD_N1 Receive, tributary 1, wire A Input Pink/Purple

134 RXD_P1 Receive, tributary 1, wire B Input Pink/Yellow

135 -- N/C -- --

136 -- N/C -- --

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-15


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-11: Connector P1 E1 #22 to E1 #42 Tx lines

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable c (blue dots on jacket)

47 TXD_P22 Transmit, tributary 22, wire A Output Brown

48 TXD_N22 Transmit, tributary22, wire B Output Brown/Gray

49 TXD_P23 Transmit, tributary 23, wire A Output Red

50 TXD_N23 Transmit, tributary 23, wire B Output Red/Gray

51 TXD_P24 Transmit, tributary 24, wire A Output Orange

52 TXD_N24 Transmit, tributary 24, wire B Output Orange/Gray

53 TXD_P25 Transmit, tributary 25, wire A Output Yellow

54 TXD_N25 Transmit, tributary 25, wire B Output Yellow/Gray

55 TXD_P26 Transmit, tributary 26, wire A Output Green

56 TXD_N26 Transmit, tributary 26, wire B Output Green/Gray

57 TXD_P27 Transmit, tributary 27, wire A Output Blue

58 TXD_N27 Transmit, tributary 27, wire B Output Blue/Gray

59 TXD_P28 Transmit, tributary 28, wire A Output Purple

60 TXD_N28 Transmit, tributary 28, wire B Output Purple/Gray

61 TXD_P29 Transmit, tributary 29, wire A Output White

62 TXD_N29 Transmit, tributary 29, wire B Output White/Gray

63 TXD_P30 Transmit, tributary 30, wire A Output Pink

64 TXD_N30 Transmit, tributary 30, wire B Output Pink/Gray

65 TXD_P31 Transmit, tributary 31, wire A Output Brown/White

66 TXD_N31 Transmit, tributary 31, wire B Output Red/White

67 -- N/C -- --

68 -- N/C -- --

69 -- N/C -- --

70 -- N/C -- --

71 TXD_P32 Transmit, tributary 32, wire A Output Orange/White

72 TXD_N32 Transmit, tributary 32, wire B Output Yellow/White

73 TXD_P33 Transmit, tributary 33, wire A Output Green/White

74 TXD_N33 Transmit, tributary 33, wire B Output Blue/White

75 TXD_P34 Transmit, tributary 34, wire A Output Purple/White

76 TXD_N34 Transmit, tributary 34, wire B Output Light-Gray/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-16


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable c (blue dots on jacket)

77 TXD_P35 Transmit, tributary 35, wire A Output Red/Brown

78 TXD_N35 Transmit, tributary 35, wire B Output Yellow/Brown

79 TXD_P36 Transmit, tributary 36, wire A Output Orange/Brown

80 TXD_N36 Transmit, tributary 36, wire B Output Green/Brown

81 TXD_P37 Transmit, tributary 37, wire A Output Blue/Brown

82 TXD_N37 Transmit, tributary 37, wire B Output Purple/Brown

83 TXD_P38 Transmit, tributary 38, wire A Output Light-Gray/Brown

84 TXD_N38 Transmit, tributary 38, wire B Output Pink/Brown

85 TXD_P39 Transmit, tributary 39, wire A Output Brown/Red

86 TXD_N39 Transmit, tributary 39, wire B Output Light-Gray/Red

87 TXD_P40 Transmit, tributary 40, wire A Output Yellow/Red

88 TXD_N40 Transmit, tributary 40, wire B Output Green/Red

89 TXD_P41 Transmit, tributary 41, wire A Output Blue/Red

90 TXD_N41 Transmit, tributary 41, wire B Output Purple/Red

91 TXD_P42 Transmit, tributary 42, wire A Output White/Red

92 TXD_N42 Transmit, tributary 42, wire B Output Pink/Red

Table 8-12: Connector P3 E1 #22 to E1 #42 Rx lines

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable d (blue dots on jacket)

45 RXD_N42 Receive, tributary 42, wire A Input Brown/Yellow

46 RXD_P42 Receive, tributary 42, wire B Input Red/Yellow

47 RXD_N41 Receive, tributary 41, wire A Input Orange/Yellow

48 RXD_P41 Receive, tributary 41, wire B Input Green/Yellow

49 RXD_N40 Receive, tributary 40, wire A Input Blue/Yellow

50 RXD_P40 Receive, tributary 40, wire B Input Purple/Yellow

51 RXD_N39 Receive, tributary 39, wire A Input Light-Gray/Yellow

52 RXD_P39 Receive, tributary 39, wire B Input White/Yellow

53 RXD_N38 Receive, tributary 38, wire A Input Brown/Blue

54 RXD_P38 Receive, tributary 38, wire B Input Red/Blue

55 RXD_N37 Receive, tributary 37, wire A Input Orange/Blue

56 RXD_P37 Receive, tributary 37, wire B Input Yellow/Blue

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-17


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable d (blue dots on jacket)

57 RXD_N36 Receive, tributary 36, wire A Input Green/Blue

58 RXD_P36 Receive, tributary 36, wire B Input Purple/Blue

59 RXD_N35 Receive, tributary 35, wire A Input Light-Gray/Blue

60 RXD_P35 Receive, tributary 35, wire B Input White/Blue

61 RXD_N34 Receive, tributary 34, wire A Input Brown/Orange

62 RXD_P34 Receive, tributary 34, wire B Input Red/Orange

63 RXD_N33 Receive, tributary 33, wire A Input Yellow/Orange

64 RXD_P33 Receive, tributary 33, wire B Input Green/Orange

65 RXD_N32 Receive, tributary 32, wire A Input Blue/Orange

66 RXD_P32 Receive, tributary 32, wire B Input Purple/Orange

67 -- N/C -- --

68 -- N/C -- --

69 -- N/C -- --

70 -- N/C -- --

71 RXD_N31 Receive, tributary 31, wire A Input Light-Gray/Orange

72 RXD_P31 Receive, tributary 31, wire B Input White/Orange

73 RXD_N30 Receive, tributary 30, wire A Input Brown/Purple

74 RXD_P30 Receive, tributary 30, wire B Input Red/Purple

75 RXD_N29 Receive, tributary 29, wire A Input Orange/Purple

76 RXD_P29 Receive, tributary 29, wire B Input Yellow/Purple

77 RXD_N28 Receive, tributary 28, wire A Input Green/Purple

78 RXD_P28 Receive, tributary 28, wire B Input Blue/Purple

79 RXD_N27 Receive, tributary 27, wire A Input Light-Gray/Purple

80 RXD_P27 Receive, tributary 27, wire B Input White/Purple

81 RXD_N26 Receive, tributary 26, wire A Input Brown/Pink

82 RXD_P26 Receive, tributary 26, wire B Input Red/Pink

83 RXD_N25 Receive, tributary 25, wire A Input Orange/Pink

84 RXD_P25 Receive, tributary 25, wire B Input Yellow/Pink

85 RXD_N24 Receive, tributary 24, wire A Input Green/Pink

86 RXD_P24 Receive, tributary 24, wire B Input Blue/Pink

87 RXD_N23 Receive, tributary 23, wire A Input Light-Gray/Pink

88 RXD_P23 Receive, tributary 23, wire B Input White/Pink

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-18


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable d (blue dots on jacket)

89 RXD_N22 Receive, tributary 22, wire A Input Pink/Purple

90 RXD_P22 Receive, tributary 22, wire B Input Pink/Yellow

Table 8-13: Connector P1 E1 #43 to E1 #63 Tx lines

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable e (yellow dots on jacket)

93 TXD_P43 Transmit, tributary 43, wire A Output Brown

94 TXD_N43 Transmit, tributary 43, wire B Output Brown/Gray

95 TXD_P44 Transmit, tributary 44, wire A Output Red

96 TXD_N44 Transmit, tributary 44, wire B Output Red/Gray

97 TXD_P45 Transmit, tributary 45, wire A Output Orange

98 TXD_N45 Transmit, tributary 45, wire B Output Orange/Gray

99 TXD_P46 Transmit, tributary 46, wire A Output Yellow

100 TXD_N46 Transmit, tributary 46, wire B Output Yellow/Gray

101 TXD_P47 Transmit, tributary 47, wire A Output Green

102 TXD_N47 Transmit, tributary 47, wire B Output Green/Gray

103 TXD_P48 Transmit, tributary 48, wire A Output Blue

104 TXD_N48 Transmit, tributary 48, wire B Output Blue/Gray

105 TXD_P49 Transmit, tributary 49, wire A Output Purple

106 TXD_N49 Transmit, tributary 49, wire B Output Purple/Gray

107 TXD_P50 Transmit, tributary 50, wire A Output White

108 TXD_N50 Transmit, tributary 50, wire B Output White/Gray

109 TXD_P51 Transmit, tributary 51, wire A Output Pink

110 TXD_N51 Transmit, tributary 51, wire B Output Pink/Gray

111 TXD_P52 Transmit, tributary 52, wire A Output Brown/White

112 TXD_N52 Transmit, tributary 52, wire B Output Red/White

113 TXD_P53 Transmit, tributary 53, wire A Output Orange/White

114 TXD_N53 Transmit, tributary 53, wire B Output Yellow/White

115 TXD_P54 Transmit, tributary 54, wire A Output Green/White

116 TXD_N54 Transmit, tributary 54, wire B Output Blue/White

117 TXD_P55 Transmit, tributary 55, wire A Output Purple/White

118 TXD_N55 Transmit, tributary 55, wire B Output Light-Gray/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-19


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable e (yellow dots on jacket)

119 TXD_P56 Transmit, tributary 56, wire A Output Red/Brown

120 TXD_N56 Transmit, tributary 56, wire B Output Yellow/Brown

121 TXD_P57 Transmit, tributary 57, wire A Output Orange/Brown

122 TXD_N57 Transmit, tributary 57, wire B Output Green/Brown

123 TXD_P58 Transmit, tributary 58, wire A Output Blue/Brown

124 TXD_N58 Transmit, tributary 58, wire B Output Purple/Brown

125 TXD_P59 Transmit, tributary 59, wire A Output Light-Gray/Brown

126 TXD_N59 Transmit, tributary 59, wire B Output Pink/Brown

127 TXD_P60 Transmit, tributary 60, wire A Output Brown/Red

128 TXD_N60 Transmit, tributary 60, wire B Output Light-Gray/Red

129 TXD_P61 Transmit, tributary 61, wire A Output Yellow/Red

130 TXD_N61 Transmit, tributary 61, wire B Output Green/Red

131 TXD_P62 Transmit, tributary 62, wire A Output Blue/Red

132 TXD_N62 Transmit, tributary 62, wire B Output Purple/Red

133 TXD_P63 Transmit, tributary 63, wire A Output White/Red

134 TXD_N63 Transmit, tributary 63, wire B Output Pink/Red

135 -- N/C -- --

136 -- N/C -- --

Table 8-14: Connector P3 E1 #43 to E1 #63 Rx lines

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable f (yellow dots on jacket)

1 -- N/C -- --

2 -- N/C -- --

3 RXD_N63 Receive, tributary 63, wire A Input Brown/Yellow

4 RXD_P63 Receive, tributary 63, wire B Input Red/Yellow

5 RXD_N62 Receive, tributary 62, wire A Input Orange/Yellow

6 RXD_P62 Receive, tributary 62, wire B Input Green/Yellow

7 RXD_N61 Receive, tributary 61, wire A Input Blue/Yellow

8 RXD_P61 Receive, tributary 61, wire B Input Purple/Yellow

9 RXD_N60 Receive, tributary 60, wire A Input Light-Gray/Yellow

10 RXD_P60 Receive, tributary 60, wire B Input White/Yellow

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-20


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable f (yellow dots on jacket)

11 RXD_N59 Receive, tributary 59, wire A Input Brown/Blue

12 RXD_P59 Receive, tributary 59, wire B Input Red/Blue

13 RXD_N58 Receive, tributary 58, wire A Input Orange/Blue

14 RXD_P58 Receive, tributary 58, wire B Input Yellow/Blue

15 RXD_N57 Receive, tributary 57, wire A Input Green/Blue

16 RXD_P57 Receive, tributary 57, wire B Input Purple/Blue

17 RXD_N56 Receive, tributary 56, wire A Input Light-Gray/Blue

18 RXD_P56 Receive, tributary 56, wire B Input White/Blue

19 RXD_N55 Receive, tributary 55, wire A Input Brown/Orange

20 RXD_P55 Receive, tributary 55, wire B Input Red/Orange

21 RXD_N54 Receive, tributary 54, wire A Input Yellow/Orange

22 RXD_P54 Receive, tributary 54, wire B Input Green/Orange

23 RXD_N53 Receive, tributary 53, wire A Input Blue/Orange

24 RXD_P53 Receive, tributary 53, wire B Input Purple/Orange

25 RXD_N52 Receive, tributary 52, wire A Input Light-Gray/Orange

26 RXD_P52 Receive, tributary 52, wire B Input White/Orange

27 RXD_N51 Receive, tributary 51, wire A Input Brown/Purple

28 RXD_P51 Receive, tributary 51, wire B Input Red/Purple

29 RXD_N50 Receive, tributary 50, wire A Input Orange/Purple

30 RXD_P50 Receive, tributary 50, wire B Input Yellow/Purple

31 RXD_N49 Receive, tributary 49, wire A Input Green/Purple

32 RXD_P49 Receive, tributary 49, wire B Input Blue/Purple

33 RXD_N48 Receive, tributary 48, wire A Input Light-Gray/Purple

34 RXD_P48 Receive, tributary 48, wire B Input White/Purple

35 RXD_N47 Receive, tributary 47, wire A Input Brown/Pink

36 RXD_P47 Receive, tributary 47, wire B Input Red/Pink

37 RXD_N46 Receive, tributary 46, wire A Input Orange/Pink

38 RXD_P46 Receive, tributary 46, wire B Input Yellow/Pink

39 RXD_N45 Receive, tributary 45, wire A Input Green/Pink

40 RXD_P45 Receive, tributary 45, wire B Input Blue/Pink

41 RXD_N44 Receive, tributary 44, wire A Input Light-Gray/Pink

42 RXD_P44 Receive, tributary 44, wire B Input White/Pink

43 RXD_N43 Receive, tributary 43, wire A Input Pink/Purple

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-21


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color

Cable f (yellow dots on jacket)

44 RXD_P43 Receive, tributary 43, wire B Input Pink/Yellow

135 -- N/C -- --

136 -- N/C -- --

8.13 Ethernet Interface Connectors


The DMFE_4_L1 provides four 10/100BaseT interfaces directly from its front panel. The connectors for the
four Ethernet channels are four RJ-45 connectors, each supporting a 10/100BaseT interface.
All 10 Mbps/100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces in the NPT-1030 support Auto MDIX. The figure Ethernet
connector, pin identification identifies the RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the connector.
The table Ethernet connector, pin assignment lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.

8.14 PM345_3 Card Connection Data


The PM345_3 card provides three unbalanced E3/DS-3 tributary interfaces. The E3/DS-3 connectors are
coaxial connectors (6 x DIN 1.0/2.3) on the PM345_3 front panel.

8.15 P345_3E Card Connection Data


The P345_3E card provides three unbalanced E3/DS-3 tributary interfaces. The E3/DS-3 connectors are
coaxial connectors (6 x DIN 1.0/2.3) on the P345_3E front panel.

8.16 PE1_63 Card Connection Data


The PE1_63 provides 63 balanced E1 tributary interfaces and has three twin 68-pin VHDCI female
connectors. Each twin 68-pin VHDCI connector serves 21 × E1 receive and transmit signals. The tributaries
supported by each connector are marked alongside the connector: 1-21, 22-42, and 43-63.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following
tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector. They also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a
distribution frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-22


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

The tributary numbers appearing in the table are given for the 1-21 connector. To obtain the correct
tributary numbers for other connectors, interpret the numbers as representing the number of the tributary
in its group (for example, in connector 22-42, 7 represents E1 tributary 28).
Figure 8-14: Typical E1 connector for PE1_63, pin identification

Table 8-15: PE1_63 typical E1 connector (P2), pin assignment

P2 pin Name Function Direction Wire color

1 --- Not connected --- ---

2 TTIP11 Transmit, tributary 11, wire A Output Brown

3 TRING11 Transmit, tributary 11, wire B Output Brown/Gray ring

4 --- Not connected --- ---

5 --- Not connected --- ---

6 TTIP10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire A Output Red

7 TRING10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire B Output Red/Gray ring

8 TTIP9 Transmit, tributary 9, wire A Output Orange

9 TRING9 Transmit, tributary 9, wire B Output Orange/Gray ring

10 --- Not connected --- ---

11 --- Not connected --- ---

12 TRING8 Transmit, tributary 8, wire B Output Yellow

13 TTIP8 Transmit, tributary 8, wire A Output Yellow/Gray ring

14 TTIP7 Transmit, tributary 7, wire A Output Green

15 TRING7 Transmit, tributary 7, wire B Output Green/Gray ring

16 --- Not connected --- ---

17 --- Not connected --- ---

18 TTIP6 Transmit, tributary 6, wire A Output Blue

19 TRING6 Transmit, tributary 6, wire B Output Blue/Gray ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-23


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

P2 pin Name Function Direction Wire color

20 TTIP5 Transmit, tributary 5, wire A Output Violet

21 TRING5 Transmit, tributary 5, wire B Output Violet/Gray ring

22 --- Not connected --- ---

23 --- Not connected --- ---

24 TTIP4 Transmit, tributary 4, wire A Output White

25 TRING4 Transmit, tributary 4, wire B Output White/Gray ring

26 TTIP3 Transmit, tributary 3, wire A Output Pink

27 TRING3 Transmit, tributary 3, wire B Output Pink/Gray ring

28 --- Not connected --- ---

29 --- Not connected --- ---

30 TTIP2 Transmit, tributary 2, wire A Output Brown/White ring

31 TRING2 Transmit, tributary 2, wire B Output Red/White ring

32 TTIP1 Transmit, tributary 1, wire A Output Orange/White ring

33 TRING1 Transmit, tributary 1, wire B Output Yellow/White ring

34 --- Not connected --- ---

35 --- Not connected --- ---

36 RTIP11 Receive, tributary 11, wire A Input Green/White ring

37 RRING11 Receive, tributary 11, wire B Input Blue/White ring

38 --- Not connected --- ---

39 --- Not connected --- ---

40 RTIP10 Receive, tributary 10, wire A Input Violet/White ring

41 RRING10 Receive, tributary 10, wire B Input Light Gray/White ring

42 RTIP9 Receive, tributary 9, wire A Input Red/Brown ring

43 RRING9 Receive, tributary 9, wire B Input Yellow/Brown ring

44 --- Not connected --- ---

45 --- Not connected --- ---

46 RRING8 Receive, tributary 8, wire B Input Orange/Brown ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-24


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

P2 pin Name Function Direction Wire color

47 RTIP8 Receive, tributary 8, wire A Input Green/Brown ring

48 RRING7 Receive, tributary 7, wire B Input Blue/Brown ring

49 RTIP7 Receive, tributary 7, wire A Input Violet/Brown ring

50 --- Not connected --- ---

51 --- Not connected --- ---

52 RTIP6 Receive, tributary 6, wire A Input Light Gray/Brown ring

53 RRING6 Receive, tributary 6, wire B Input Pink/Brown ring

54 RTIP5 Receive, tributary 5, wire A Input Brown/Red ring

55 RRING5 Receive, tributary 5, wire B Input Light Gray/Red ring

56 --- Not connected --- ---

57 --- Not connected --- ---

58 RTIP4 Receive, tributary 4, wire A Input Yellow/Red ring

59 RRING4 Receive, tributary 4, wire B Input Green/Red ring

60 RTIP3 Receive, tributary 3, wire A Input Blue/Red ring

61 RRING3 Receive, tributary 3, wire B Input Violet/Red ring

62 --- Not connected --- ---

63 --- Not connected --- ---

64 RTIP2 Receive, tributary 2, wire A Input White/Red ring

65 RRING2 Receive, tributary 2, wire B Input Pink/Red ring

66 RTIP1 Receive, tributary 1, wire A Input Brown/Green ring

67 RRING1 Receive, tributary 1, wire B Input Light Gray/Green ring

68 --- Not connected --- ---

Shelf --- BRAID --- ---

Table 8-16: PE1_63 typical connector (P1), pin assignment

P1 pin Name Function Direction Wire color

1 --- Not connected --- ---

2 RRING12 Receive, tributary 12, wire B Input Brown/Yellow ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-25


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

P1 pin Name Function Direction Wire color

3 RTIP12 Receive, tributary 12, wire A Input Red/Yellow ring

4 RRING13 Receive, tributary 13, wire B Input Orange/Yellow ring

5 RTIP13 Receive, tributary 13, wire A Input Green/Yellow ring

6 --- Not connected Input ---

7 --- Not connected --- ---

8 RRING14 Receive, tributary 14, wire B --- Blue/Yellow ring

9 RTIP14 Receive, tributary 14, wire A Input Violet/Yellow ring

10 RTIP15 Receive, tributary 15, wire A Input Light Gray/Yellow


ring

11 RRING15 Receive, tributary 15, wire B Input White/Yellow ring

12 --- Not connected --- ---

13 --- Not connected --- ---

14 RRING16 Receive, tributary 16, wire B Input Brown/Blue ring

15 RTIP16 Receive, tributary 16, wire A Input Red/Blue ring

16 RRING17 Receive, tributary 17, wire B Input Orange/Blue ring

17 RTIP17 Receive, tributary 17, wire A Input Yellow/Blue ring

18 --- Not connected --- ---

19 --- Not connected --- ---

20 RRING18 Receive, tributary 18, wire B Input Green/Blue ring

21 RTIP18 Receive, tributary 18, wire A Input Violet/Blue ring

22 RRING19 Receive, tributary 19, wire B Input Light Gray/Blue ring

23 RTIP19 Receive, tributary 19, wire A Input White/Blue ring

24 --- Not connected --- ---

25 --- Not connected --- ---

26 RRING20 Receive, tributary 20, wire B Input Brown/Orange ring

27 RTIP20 Receive, tributary 20, wire A Input Red/Orange ring

28 RRING21 Receive, tributary 21, wire B Input Yellow/Orange ring

29 RTIP21 Receive, tributary 21, wire A Input Green/Orange ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-26


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

P1 pin Name Function Direction Wire color

30 --- Not connected --- ---

31 --- Not connected --- ---

32 --- Not connected --- ---

33 --- Not connected --- ---

34 --- Not connected --- ---

35 --- Not connected --- ---

36 TRING12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire B Output Blue/Orange ring

37 TTIP12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire A Output Violet/Orange ring

38 TRING13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire B Output Light Gray/Orange


ring

39 TTIP13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire A Output White/Orange ring

40 --- Not connected --- ---

41 --- Not connected --- ---

42 TRING14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire B Output Brown/Violet ring

43 TTIP14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire A Output Red/Violet ring

44 TRING15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire B Output Orange/Violet ring

45 TTIP15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire A Output Yellow/Violet ring

46 --- Not connected --- ---

47 --- Not connected --- ---

48 TTIP16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire A Output Green/Violet ring

49 TRING16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire B Output Blue/Violet ring

50 TRING17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire B Output Light Gray/Violet ring

51 TTIP17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire A Output White/Violet ring

52 --- Not connected --- ---

53 --- Not connected --- ---

54 TRING18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire B Output Brown/Pink ring

55 TTIP18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire A Output Red/Pink ring

56 TRING19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire B Output Orange/Pink ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-27


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

P1 pin Name Function Direction Wire color

57 TTIP19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire A Output Yellow/Pink ring

58 --- Not connected --- ---

59 --- Not connected --- ---

60 TRING20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire B Output Green/Pink ring

61 TTIP20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire A Output Blue/Pink ring

62 TRING21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire B Output Light Gray/Pink ring

63 TTIP21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire A Output White/Pink ring

64 --- Not connected --- ---

65 --- Not connected --- ---

66 --- Not connected --- ---

67 --- Not connected --- ---

68 --- Not connected --- ---

Shelf --- BRAID --- ---

8.17 MPS_2G_8F Card Connection Data


In addition to two GbE interfaces based on SFP modules, the MPS_2G_8F_ card provides two
10/100/1000BaseT (combo ports) and eight 10/100BaseT interfaces directly from its front panel. The
connectors for the two GbE Ethernet channels are two RJ-45s, each supporting 10/100/1000BaseT
interfaces. The connectors for the eight Ethernet channels are eight RJ-45 connectors, each supporting a
10/100BaseT interface.
All 10 Mbps/100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces in the MPS_2G_8F support Auto MDIX. The figure Ethernet
connector, pin identification identifies the RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the connector.
The table Ethernet connector, pin assignment lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-28


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.18 DMGE_1_L1 Connection Data


The DMGE_1_L1 provides one Gigabit Ethernet port (one 1000BaseT through an RJ45 connector and one
SFP slot for an optical interface).

Table 8-17: Gigabit Ethernet connector, pin assignment

Pin Designation Function Direction

1 A-TX+ A-Transceiver, + wire Bidirectional

2 A-TX- A-Transceiver, - wire

3 B-TX+ B-Transceiver, + wire Bidirectional

6 B-TX- B-Transceiver, - wire

4 C-TX+ C-Transceiver, + wire Bidirectional

5 C-TX- C-Transceiver, - wire

8 D-TX+ D-Transceiver, + wire Bidirectional

7 D-TX- D-Transceiver, - wire

8.19 TP21_2 Connection Data


The TP21_2 provides 42 balanced E1 tributary protection interfaces; the card has five twin 68-pin VHDCI
female connectors on its panel. Each VHDCI connector serves 21 × E1 receive and transmit signals. Two
connectors serve 42 balanced E1 tributary customer interfaces; two connectors serve 42 balanced E1
tributary protected interfaces; one connector serves 21 balanced E1 tributary protecting interfaces.
The following figure identifies the VHDCI connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The
table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.
Figure 8-15: E1 connectors for TP21_2, pin identification

Table 8-18: Twin 68-pin VHDCI connector (P2), pin assignment

P2 pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 --- Not connected --- ---
2 TTIP11 Transmit, tributary 11, wire A Output Brown

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-29


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

P2 pin Name Function Direction Wire color


3 TRING11 Transmit, tributary 11 wire B Output Brown/Gray ring
4 --- Not connected --- ---
5 --- Not connected --- ----
6 TTIP10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire A Output Red
7 TRING10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire B Output Red/Gray ring
8 TTIP9 Transmit, tributary 9, wire A Output Orange
9 TRING9 Transmit, tributary 9, wire B Output Orange/Gray ring
10 --- Not connected --- ---
11 --- Not connected --- ---
12 TTIP8 Transmit, tributary 8, wire A Output Yellow/Gray ring
13 TRING8 Transmit, tributary 8, wire B Output Yellow
14 TTIP7 Transmit, tributary 7, wire A Output Green
15 TRING7 Transmit, tributary 7, wire B Output Green/Gray ring
16 --- Not connected --- ---
17 --- Not connected --- ---
18 TTIP6 Transmit, tributary 6, wire A Output Blue
19 TRING6 Transmit, tributary 6, wire B Output Blue/Gray ring
20 TTIP5 Transmit, tributary 5 wire A Output Violet
21 TRING5 Transmit, tributary 5, wire B Output Violet/Gray ring
22 --- Not connected --- ---
23 --- Not connected --- ---
24 TTIP4 Transmit, tributary 4, wire A Output White
25 TRING4 Transmit, tributary 4, wire B Output White/Gray ring
26 TTIP3 Transmit, tributary 3, wire A Output Pink
27 TRING3 Transmit, tributary 3 wire B Output Pink/Gray ring
28 --- Not connected --- ---
29 --- Not connected --- ---
30 TTIP2 Transmit, tributary 2, wire A Output Brown/White ring
31 TRING2 Transmit, tributary 2, wire B Output Red/White ring
32 TTIP1 Transmit, tributary 1, wire A Output Orange/White ring
33 TRING1 Transmit, tributary 1 wire B Output Yellow/White ring
34 --- Not connected --- ---
35 --- Not connected --- ---
36 RTIP11 Receive, tributary 11, wire A Input Green/White ring
37 RRING11 Receive, tributary 11, wire B Input Blue/White ring
38 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-30


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

P2 pin Name Function Direction Wire color


39 --- Not connected --- ---
40 RTIP10 Receive, tributary 10, wire A Input Violet/White ring
41 RRING10 Receive, tributary 10, wire B Input Light Gray/White
ring
42 RTIP9 Receive, tributary 9, wire A Input Red/Brown ring
43 RRING9 Receive, tributary 9, wire B Input Yellow/Brown ring
44 --- Not connected --- ---
45 --- Not connected --- ---
46 RTIP8 Receive, tributary 8, wire A Input Green/Brown ring
47 RRING8 Receive, tributary 8, wire B Input Orange/Brown ring
48 RTIP7 Receive, tributary 7, wire A Input Violet/Brown ring
49 RRING7 Receive, tributary 7, wire B Input Blue/Brown ring
50 --- Not connected --- ---
51 --- Not connected --- ---
52 RTIP6 Receive, tributary 6, wire A Input Light Gray/Brown
ring
53 RRING6 Receive, tributary 6, wire B Input Pink/Brown ring

54 RTIP5 Receive, tributary 5, wire A Input Brown/Red ring


55 RRING5 Receive, tributary 5, wire B Input Light Gray/Red ring
56 --- Not connected --- ---
57 --- Not connected --- ---
58 RTIP4 Receive, tributary 4, wire A Input Yellow/Red ring
59 RRING4 Receive, tributary 4, wire B Input Green/Red ring
60 RTIP3 Receive, tributary 3, wire A Input Blue/Red ring
61 RRING3 Receive, tributary 3, wire B Input Violet/Red ring
62 --- Not connected --- ---
63 --- Not connected --- ---
64 RTIP2 Receive, tributary 2, wire A Input Pink/Red ring
65 RRING2 Receive, tributary 2, wire B Input White/Red ring
66 RTIP1 Receive, tributary 1, wire A Input Brown/Green ring
67 RRING1 Receive, tributary 1, wire B Input Light Gray/Green
ring
68 --- --- --- ---
Platform --- BRAID --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-31


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-19: Twin 68-pin VHDCI connector (P1), pin assignment

P1 pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 --- Not connected --- ---
2 RRING12 Receive, tributary 12, wire B Input Brown/Yellow ring
3 RTIP12 Receive, tributary 12, wire A Input Red/Yellow ring
4 RRING13 Receive, tributary 13, wire B Input Orange/Yellow ring
5 RTIP13 Receive, tributary 13, wire A Input Green/Yellow ring
6 --- Not connected --- ---
7 --- Not connected --- ---
8 RRING14 Receive, tributary 14, wire B Input Blue/Yellow ring
9 RTIP14 Receive, tributary 14, wire A Input Violet/Yellow ring
10 RTIP15 Receive, tributary 15, wire A Input Light Gray/Yellow ring
11 RRING15 Receive, tributary 15, wire B Input White/Yellow ring
12 --- Not connected --- ---
13 --- Not connected --- ---
14 RRING16 Receive, tributary 16, wire B Input Brown/Blue ring
15 RTIP16 Receive, tributary 16, wire A Input Red/Blue ring
16 RRING17 Receive, tributary 17, wire B Input Orange/Blue ring
17 RTIP17 Receive, tributary 17, wire A Input Yellow/Blue ring
18 --- Not connected --- ---
19 --- Not connected --- ---
20 RRING18 Receive, tributary 18, wire B Input Green/Blue ring
21 RTIP18 Receive, tributary 18, wire A Input Violet/Blue ring
22 RRING19 Receive, tributary 19, wire B Input Light Gray/Blue ring
23 RTIP19 Receive, tributary 19, wire A Input White/Blue ring
24 --- Not connected --- ---
25 --- Not connected --- ---
26 RRING20 Receive, tributary 20, wire B Input Brown/Orange ring
27 RTIP20 Receive, tributary 20, wire A Input Red/Orange ring
28 RRING21 Receive, tributary 21, wire B Input Yellow/Orange ring
29 RTIP21 Receive, tributary 21, wire A Input Green/Orange ring
30 --- Not connected --- ---
31 --- Not connected --- ---
32 --- Not connected --- ---
33 --- Not connected --- ---
34 --- Not connected --- ---
35 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-32


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

P1 pin Name Function Direction Wire color


36 TRING12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire B Output Blue/Orange ring
37 TTIP12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire A Output Violet/Orange ring
38 TRING13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire B Output Light Gray/Orange
ring
39 TTIP13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire A Output White/Orange ring
40 --- Not connected --- ---
41 --- Not connected --- ---
42 TRING14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire B Output Brown/Violet ring
43 TTIP14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire A Output Red/Violet ring
44 TRING15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire B Output Orange/Violet ring
45 TTIP15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire A Output Yellow/Violet ring
46 --- Not connected --- ---
47 --- Not connected --- ---
48 TTIP16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire A Output Green/Violet ring
49 TRING16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire B Output Blue/Violet ring
50 TRING17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire B Output Light Gray/Violet ring
51 TTIP17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire A Output White/Violet ring
52 --- Not connected --- ---
53 --- Not connected --- ---
54 TRING18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire B Output Brown/Pink ring
55 TTIP18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire A Output Red/Pink ring
56 TRING19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire B Output Orange/Pink ring
57 TTIP19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire A Output Yellow/Pink ring
58 --- Not connected --- ---
59 --- Not connected --- ---
60 TRING20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire B Output Green/Pink ring
61 TTIP20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire A Output Blue/Pink ring
62 TRING21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire B Output Light Gray/Pink ring
63 TTIP21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire A Output White/Pink ring
64 --- Not connected --- ---
65 --- Not connected --- ---
66 --- Not connected --- ---
67 --- Not connected ---t ---
68 --- Not connected --- ---
Platform --- BRAID --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-33


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.20 TP63_1 Connection Data


The TP63_1 provides 63 balanced E1 tributary protection interfaces; this card has seven twin 68-pin VHDCI
female connectors on its panel. Three connectors serve 63 balanced E1 tributary customer interfaces and
four connectors serve 2 x 63 balanced E1 tributary protected interfaces.
For customer interfaces, the typical connector pin assignment is the same as TP21_2 Connection Data.

8.21 TPS1_1 Connection Data


The TPS1_1 provides 4 x STM-1e or 3 x E3/DS-3 protection interfaces; this card has two DB 8W8P
connectors and eight 1.0/2.3 coaxial connectors on its panel. The eight 1.0/2.3 coaxial connectors serve
four customer interfaces. The two DB 8W8P connectors serve 2 x 4 protected interfaces.

8.22 SM_10E/EM_10E Card Connection Data


The SM_10E/EM_10E base card does not have any external interfaces. All external interfaces are from the
front panel of each type of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. The following types of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic
module are supported:
 SM_FXO_8E
 SM_FXS_8E
 SM_EM_24W_6E
 SM_V24E
 SM_CODIR_4E
 SM_OMNI_E
 SM_EOP
 SM_C37.94S
Most types of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module use the same connector for the cabling of their external
traffic interfaces. This connector is a single SCSI-36 female connector located on the front panel. The
following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 8-16: SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector, pin identification

The following sections contain tables that describe the pin assignment of the connector for each type of
traffic module. These tables include the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables
offered by ECI for connecting the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector and a distribution frame.
The SM_EOP has two RJ-45 connectors for connecting to its interfaces and the SM_C37.94 has two pairs of
ST fiber optic connectors for connecting to its interfaces.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-34


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.22.1 Connection Data for SM_FXO_8E and SM_FXS_8E


Interfaces
The SM_FXO_8E and the SM_FXS_8E each support eight channels. Each channel has one pair of wires. The
following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and lists the color of the wire connected to
the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.

Table 8-20: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_FXO_8 and SM_FXS_8 connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 A1 Channel 1, wire A Bidirectional Brown
2 B1 Channel 1, wire B Bidirectional Brown/Black
3 A2 Channel 2, wire A Bidirectional Red
4 B2 Channel 2, wire B Bidirectional Red/Black
5 A3 Channel 3, wire A Bidirectional Orange
6 B3 Channel 3, wire B Bidirectional Orange/Black
7 A4 Channel 4, wire A Bidirectional Yellow
8 B4 Channel 4, wire B Bidirectional Yellow/Black
9 A5 Channel 5, wire A Bidirectional Green
10 B5 Channel 5, wire B Bidirectional Green/Black
11 A6 Channel 6, wire A Bidirectional Blue
12 B6 Channel 6, wire B Bidirectional Blue/Black
13 A7 Channel 7, wire A Bidirectional Violet
14 B7 Channel 7, wire B Bidirectional Violet/Black
15 A8 Channel 8, wire A Bidirectional White
16 B8 Channel 8, wire B Bidirectional White/Black

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for the SM_FXO_8E or SM_FXS_8E interfaces.

8.22.2 Connection Data for SM_EM_24W6E Interfaces


The SM_EM_24W6E supports six channels. Each has one pair of wires in 2W mode, two pairs of wires in 4W
or 2W E&M mode, and three pairs of wires in 4W E&M mode. The following table lists the pin assignment
for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered
by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-35


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-21: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_EM_24W6E connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Mode Function Direction Wire color


1 RA1 4W Channel 1, Rx, wire A Output Brown
2W Channel 1, wire A Bidirectional
2 RB1 4W Channel 1, Rx, wire B Output Brown/Black
2W Channel 1, wire B Bidirectional
3 RA2 4W Channel 2, Rx, wire A Output Red
2W Channel 2, wire A Bidirectional
4 RB2 4W Channel 2, Rx, wire B Output Red/Black
2W Channel 2, wire B Bidirectional
5 RA3 4W Channel 3, Rx, wire A Output Orange
2W Channel 3, wire A Bidirectional
6 RB3 4W Channel 3, Rx, wire B Output Orange/Black
2W Channel 3, wire B Bidirectional
7 RA4 4W Channel 4, Rx, wire A Output Yellow
2W Channel 4, wire A Bidirectional
8 RB4 4W Channel 4, Rx, wire B Output Yellow/Black
2W Channel 4, wire B Bidirectional
9 RA5 4W Channel 5, Rx, wire A Output Green
2W Channel 5, wire A Bidirectional
10 RB5 4W Channel 5, Rx, wire B Output Green/Black
2W Channel 5, wire B Bidirectional
11 RA6 4W Channel 6, Rx, wire A Output Blue
2W Channel 6, wire A Bidirectional
12 RB6 4W Channel 6, Rx, wire B Output Blue/Black
2W Channel 6, wire B Bidirectional
13 E1 Any Channel 1, E Output Violet
14 M1 Any Channel 1, M Input Violet/Black
15 E2 Any Channel 2, E Output White
16 M2 Any Channel 2, M Input White/Black
17 E3 Any Channel 3, E Output Pink
18 M3 Any Channel 3, M Input Pink/Black
19 TA1 4W Channel 1, Tx, wire A Input Brown/White
2W --- ---
20 TB1 4W Channel 1, Tx, wire B Input Red/White
2W --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-36


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Mode Function Direction Wire color


21 TA2 4W Channel 2, Tx, wire A Input Orange/White
2W --- ---
22 TB2 4W Channel 2, Tx, wire B Input Yellow/White
2W --- ---
23 TA3 4W Channel 3, Tx, wire A Input Green/White
2W --- ---
24 TB3 4W Channel 3, Tx, wire B Input Blue/White
2W --- ---
25 TA4 4W Channel 4, Tx, wire A Input Violet/White
2W --- ---
26 TB4 4W Channel 4, Tx, wire B Input Light Gray/White
2W --- ---
27 TA5 4W Channel 5, Tx, wire A Input Red/Brown
2W --- ---
28 TB5 4W Channel 5, Tx, wire B Yellow/Brown
29 TA6 4W Channel 6, Tx, wire A Orange/Brown
30 TB6 4W Channel 6, Tx, wire B Green/Brown
31 E4 Any Channel 4, E Output Blue/Brown
32 M4 Any Channel 4, M Input Violet/Brown
33 E5 Any Channel 5, E Output Light Gray/Brown
34 M5 Any Channel 5, M Input Pink/Brown
35 E6 Any Channel 6, E Output Brown/Red
36 M6 Any Channel 6, M Input Light Gray/Red

NOTE: The number of wires used depends on the mode of each channel. All 18 pairs of wires
are used for the SM_EM_24W6E module if all channels are in four-wire E&M mode.

8.22.3 Connection Data for SM_V35E Interfaces


The SM_V35E/SM_V35U_E supports two channels of V.35 interface. Each channel has 16 wires. The
following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-37


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-22: SM_10E SM_V35E connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CH1# RD- (104b) Ch1# receive data - Output Brown
2 CH1# RD+ (104a) Ch1# receive data + Output Brown/Black
3 CH1# RC- (115b) Ch1# receive timing - Output Red
4 CH1# RC+ (115a) Ch1# receive timing + Output Red/Black
5 CH1# TMC- (113b) Ch1# terminal timing - Input Orange
6 CH1# TMC+ (113a) Ch1# terminal timing + Input Orange/Black
7 CH2# RD- (104b) Ch2# receive data - Output Yellow
8 CH2# RD+ (104a) Ch2# receive data + Output Yellow/Black
9 CH2# RC- (115b) Ch2# receive timing - Output Green
10 CH2# RC+ (115a) Ch2# receive timing + Output Green/black
11 CH2# TMC- (113b) Ch2# terminal timing - Input Blue
12 CH2# TMC+ (113a) Ch2# terminal timing + Input Blue/Black
13 CH2# CTS (106) Ch2# clear to send Output Violet
14 CH2# DSR (107) Ch2# data set ready Output Violet/Black
15 CH1# DCD(109) Ch1# data carrier detect Output White
16 CH2# DCD(109) Ch2# data carrier detect Output White/Black
17 GND Signal ground --- Pink
18 GND Signal ground --- Pink/Black
19 CH1# TD- (103b) Ch1# transmit data - Input Brown/White
20 CH1# TD+ (103a) Ch1# transmit data + Input Red/White
21 CH1# TC- (114b) Ch1# transmit timing - Output Orange/White
22 CH1# TC+ (114a) Ch1# transmit timing + Output Yellow/White
23 CH1# CTS (106) Ch1# clear to send Output Green/White
24 CH1# DSR (107) Ch1# data set ready Output Blue/White
25 CH2# TD- (103b) Ch2# transmit data - Input Violet/White
26 CH2# TD+ (103a) Ch2# transmit data + Input Light Gray/White
27 CH2# TC- (114b) Ch2# transmit timing - Output Red/Brown
28 CH2# TC+ (114a) Ch2# transmit timing + Output Yellow/Brown
29 CH1# RTS (105) Ch1# request to send Input Orange/Brown
30 --- --- --- ---
31 CH2# RTS (105) Ch2# request to send Input Blue/Brown
32 --- --- --- ---
33 CH1# DTR (108) Ch1# data terminal ready Input Light Gray/Brown
34 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-38


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


35 CH2# DTR (108) Ch2# data terminal ready Input Brown/Red
36 --- Not connected --- ---

8.22.4 Connection Data for SM_V24E Interfaces


The SM_V24E module supports the following three modes:
 8 x V.24 transparent without control signals
 4 x V.24 asynchronous mode with control signals
 2 x V.24 synchronous mode with control signals
In 8 x V.24 transparent mode, the SM_V24E supports eight channels, each with three wires. The following
table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 8 x V.24 transparent mode.
This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for
connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.

Table 8-23: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 8 x V.24 transparent without
controls mode

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


13 CH7# SD(103) Ch7# transmit data Input Violet
14 CH7# RD(104) Ch7# receive data Output Violet/Black
15 CH8# SD(103) Ch8# transmit data Input White
16 CH8# RD(104) Ch8# receive data Output White/Black
17 GND Signal ground --- Pink
18 GND Signal ground --- Pink/Black
19 CH1# SD(103) Ch1# transmit data Input Brown/White
20 CH1# RD(104) Ch1# receive data Output Red/White
21 CH2# SD(103) Ch2# transmit data Input Orange/White
22 CH2# RD(104) Ch2# receive data Output Yellow/White
23 CH3# SD(103) Ch3# transmit data Input Green/White
24 CH3# RD(104) Ch3# receive data Output Blue/White
25 CH4# SD(103) Ch4# transmit data Input Violet/White
26 CH4# RD(104) Ch4# receive data Output Light Gray/White
27 CH5# SD(103) Ch5# transmit data Input Red/Brown
28 CH5# RD(104) Ch5# receive data Output Yellow/Brown
29 CH6# SD(103) Ch6# transmit data Input Orange/Brown
30 CH6# RD(104) Ch6# receive data Output Green/Brown
31 GND Signal ground --- Blue/Brown
32 GND Signal ground --- Violet/Brown

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-39


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


33 GND Signal ground --- Light Gray/Brown
34 GND Signal ground --- Pink/Brown
35 GND Signal ground --- Brown/Red
36 GND Signal ground --- Light Gray/Red

In mode 4 x V.24 asynchronous with controls, the SM_V24E supports four channels, each with eight wires.
The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 4 x V.24
asynchronous with controls mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.

Table 8-24: SM_V24E connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CH1# RTS(105) Ch1# require to send Input Brown
2 CH1# CTS(106) Ch1# clear to send Output Brown/Black
3 CH1# DTR(108) Ch1# data terminal ready Input Red
4 CH1# DSR(107) Ch1# data set ready Output Red/Black
5 CH1# DCD(109) Ch1# data carrier detect Output Orange
6 CH3# DCD(109) Ch3# data carrier detect Output Orange/Black
7 CH2# RTS(105) Ch2# require to send Input Yellow
8 CH2# CTS(106) Ch2# clear to send Output Yellow/Black
9 CH2# DTR(108) Ch2# data terminal ready Input Green
10 CH2# DSR(107) Ch2# data set ready Output Green/Black
11 CH2# DCD(109) Ch2# data carrier detect Output Blue
12 CH4# DCD(109) Ch4# data carrier detect Output Blue/Black
13 CH4# RTS(105) Ch4# require to send Input Violet
14 CH4# CTS(106) Ch4# clear to send Output Violet/Black
15 CH4# DTR(108) Ch4# data terminal ready Input White
16 CH4# DSR(107) Ch4# data set ready Output White/Black
17 --- Not connected --- ---
18 --- Not connected --- ---
19 CH1# SD(103) Ch1# transmit data Input Brown/White
20 CH1# RD(104) Ch1# receive data Output Red/White
21 CH2# SD(103) Ch2# transmit data Input Orange/White
22 CH2# RD(104) Ch2# receive data Output Yellow/White
23 CH3# SD(103) Ch3# transmit data Input Green/White
24 CH3# RD(104) Ch3# receive data Output Blue/White
25 CH4# SD(103) Ch4# transmit data Input Violet/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-40


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


26 CH4# RD(104) Ch4# receive data Output Light Gray/White
27 CH3# RTS(105) Ch3# require to send Input Red/Brown
28 CH3# CTS(106) Ch3# clear to send Output Yellow/Brown
29 CH3# DTR(108) Ch3# data terminal read Input Orange/Brown
30 CH3# DSR(107) Ch3# data set ready Output Green/Brown
31 --- Not connected --- ---
32 --- Not connected --- ---
33 SG1 Signal ground --- Light Gray/Brown
34 SG2 Signal ground --- Pink/Brown
35 SG3 Signal ground --- Brown/Red
36 SG4 Signal ground --- Light Gray/Red

In mode 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls, the SM_V24E supports two channels, each with eleven wires.
The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 2 x V.24
synchronous with controls mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.

Table 8-25: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls
mode

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CH1# RTS(105) Ch1# require to send Input Brown
2 CH1# CTS(106) Ch1# clear to send Output Brown/Black
3 CH1# DTR(108) Ch1# data terminal ready Input Red
4 CH1# DSR(107) Ch1# data set ready Output Red/Black
5 CH1# DCD(109) Ch1# data carrier detect Output Orange
6 CH1# RC(115) Ch1# receive timing Output Orange/Black
7 CH2# RTS(105) Ch2# require to send Input Yellow
8 CH2# CTS(106) Ch2# clear to send Output Yellow/Black
9 CH2# DTR(108) Ch2# data terminal ready Input Green
10 CH2# DSR(107) Ch2# data set ready Output Green/Black
11 CH2# DCD(109) Ch2# data carrier detect Output Blue
12 CH2# RC(115) Ch2# receive timing Output Blue/Black
13-18 --- Not connected --- ---
19 CH1# SD(103) CH1# transmit data Brown/White
20 CH1# RD(104) CH1# receive data Output Red/White
21 CH2# SD(103) CH2# transmit data Input Orange/White
22 CH2# RD(104) CH2# receive data Output Yellow/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-41


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


23 CH1# TMC(113) Ch1# DTE timing Input Green/White
24 CH1# TC(114) Ch1# transmit timing Output Blue/White
25 CH2# TMC(113) Ch2# DTE timing Input Violet/White
26 CH2# TC(114) Ch2# transmit timing Output Light Gray/White
27-34 --- Not connected --- ---
35 SG1 Signal ground --- Brown/Red
36 SG2 Signal ground --- Light Gray/Red

8.22.5 Connection Data for SM_V35_V11 Interfaces


The SM_V35_V11 supports two channels of V.35 or V.11 interface. Each interface can independently be
configured as V.35 or V.11/X.24 and can be mapped to unframed E1 or N x 64K of framed E1 (the interface
rate N is configurable). The following table lists the pin assignment of V.11 interfaces for a typical connector
and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the
tributary connector and a distribution frame.

Table 8-26: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V35_V11 connector, pin assignment

Pin V.11 signal Function Direction Wire color


20 T(a) Ch1# transmit data+ Input Red/White
19 T(b) Ch1# transmit data- Input Brown/White
2 R(a) Ch1# receive data+ Output Brown/Black
1 R(b) Ch1# receive data- Output Brown
22 S(a) Ch1# transmit timing+ Output Yellow/White
21 S(b) Ch1# transmit timing- Output Orange/White
29 C(a) Ch1# request to send+ Input Orange/Brown
30 C(b) Ch1# request to send- Input Green/Brown
23 I(a) Ch1# clear to send+ Output Green/White
32 I(b) Ch1# clear to send- Output Violate/Brown
17 GND Ground --- Pink
26 T(a) Ch2# transmit data+ Input Light Gray/White
25 T(b) Ch2# transmit data- Input Violet/White
8 R(a) Ch2# receive data+ Output Yellow/Black
7 R(b) Ch2# receive data- Output Yellow
28 S(a) Ch2# transmit timing+ Output Yellow/Brown
27 S(b) Ch2# transmit timing- Output Red/Brown
31 C(a) Ch2# request to send+ Output Blue/Brown
34 C(b) Ch2# request to send- Input Pink/Brown

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-42


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin V.11 signal Function Direction Wire color


13 I(a) Ch2# clear to send+ Output Violet
36 I(b) Ch2# clear to send- Output Light Gray/Red
18 GND Ground --- Pink/Black

Table 8-27: SM_V35_V11 pin assignment per interface type

Mode

Port Pin signal Sync V.24 V.35/V.36 V.11/X.24 RS422 RS449

20 TD (a) √ √ √ (T) √ √
19 TD (b) √ √ (T) √ √
2 RD (a) √ √ √ (R) √ √
1 RD (b) √ √ (R) √ √
22 ST (a) √ √ √ (S) √ √
21 ST (b) √ √ (S) √ √
4 RT (a) √ √ √ √
3 RT (b) √ √ √
6 TT (a) √ √ √ √
#1 5 TT (b) √ √ √
29 RTS (a) √ √ √ (C) √ √
30 RTS (b) √ (C) √ √
23 CTS (a) √ √ √ (I) √ √
32 CTS (b) √ (I) √ √
24 DSR √ √ √
15 DCD √ √ √
33 DTR √ √ √
17 Ground √ √ √ √ √
26 TD (a) √ √ √ (T) √ √
25 TD (b) √ √ (T) √ √
8 RD (a) √ √ √ (R) √ √
7 RD (b) √ √ (R) √ √
28 ST (a) √ √ √ (S) √ √
27 ST (b) √ √ (S) √ √
10 RT (a) √ √ √ √
9 RT (b) √ √ √

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-43


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Mode

12 TT (a) √ √ √ √
#2 11 TT (b) √ √ √
31 RTS (a) √ √ √ (C) √ √
34 RTS (b) √ (C) √ √
13 CTS (a) √ √ √ (I) √ √
36 CTS (b) √ (I) √ √
14 DSR √ √
16 DCD √ √
35 DTR √ √
18 Ground √ √ √ √ √

8.22.6 Connection Data for SM_CODIR_4E Interfaces


The SM_CODIR_4E supports four channels of codirectional 64 Kbps interface, each with two pairs of wires.
The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to
the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.

Table 8-28: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_CODIR_4E connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 RA1 Channel 1, Rx, wire A Input Brown
2 RB1 Channel 1, Rx, wire B Input Brown/Black
3 RA2 Channel 2, Rx, wire A Input Red
4 RB2 Channel 2, Rx, wire B Input Red/Black
5 RA3 Channel 3, Rx, wire A Input Orange
6 RB3 Channel 3, Rx, wire B Input Orange/Black
7 RA4 Channel 4, Rx, wire A Input Yellow
8 RB4 Channel 4, Rx, wire B Input Yellow/Black
9-18 --- Not connected --- ---
19 TA1 Channel 1, Tx, wire A Output Brown/White
20 TB1 Channel 1, Tx, wire B Output Red/White
21 TA2 Channel 2, Tx, wire A Output Orange/White
22 TB2 Channel 2, Tx, wire B Output Yellow/White
23 TA3 Channel 3, Tx, wire A Output Green/White
24 TB3 Channel 3, Tx, wire B Output Blue/White
25 TA4 Channel 4, Tx, wire A Output Violet/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-44


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


26 TB4 Channel 4, Tx, wire B Output Light Gray/White
27-36 --- Not connected --- ---

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for SM_CODIR_4E interfaces.

8.22.7 Connection Data for SM_OMNI_E Interfaces


The SM_OMNI_E supports four 2W/4W channels, each with one pair of wires in 2W mode or two pairs of
wires in 4W mode. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the
wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.

Table 8-29: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_OMNI_E connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Mode Function Direction Wire color


1 RA1 4W Channel 1, Rx, wire A Output Brown
2W Channel 1, wire A Bidirectional
2 RB1 4W Channel 1, Rx, wire B Output Brown/Black
2W Channel 1, wire B Bidirectional
3 RA2 4W Channel 2, Rx, wire A Output Red
2W Channel 2, wire A Bidirectional
4 RB2 4W Channel 2, Rx, wire B Output Red/Black
2W Channel 2, wire B Bidirectional
5 RA3 Channel 3, Rx, wire A Output Orange
Channel 3, wire A Bidirectional
6 RB3 4W Channel 3, Rx, wire B Output Orange/Black
2W Channel 3, wire B Bidirectional
7 RA4 Channel 4, Rx, wire A Output Yellow
Channel 4, wire A Bidirectional
8 RB4 4W Channel 4, Rx, wire B Output Yellow/Black
2W Channel 4, wire B Bidirectional
9-18 --- Not connected --- ---
19 TA1 4W Channel 1, Tx, wire A Input Brown/White
2W --- ---
20 TB1 4W Channel 1, Tx, wire B Input Red/White
2W --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-45


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Mode Function Direction Wire color


21 TA2 4W Channel 2, Tx, wire A Input Orange/White
2W --- ---
22 TB2 4W Channel 2, Tx, wire B Input Yellow/White
2W --- ---
23 TA3 4W Channel 3, Tx, wire A Input Green/White
2W --- ---
24 TB3 4W Channel 3, Tx, wire B Input Blue/White
2W --- ---
25 TA4 4W Channel 4, Tx, wire A Input Violet/White
2W --- ---
26 TB4 4W Channel 4, Tx, wire B Input Light Gray/White
2W --- ---
27-3 --- Not connected --- ---
6

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for SM_OMNI_E interfaces.

8.23 ICP_VF Connection Data


A single ICP_VF can serve one of the following SM_10E/EM_10E modules:
 SM_FXS_8E
 SM_FXO_8E
 SM_EM_24W6E (Connectors marked CH7 and CH8 are not connected.)
 SM_Codir_4_E (Connectors marked CH5 to CH8 are not connected.)
There are eight RJ-45 connectors for external interfaces on the front panel of the ICP_VF. The figure
Ethernet connector, pin identification identifies the RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The following tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector, when serving each type of
traffic module. These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables
offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.

Table 8-30: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_FXS_8E or SM_FXO_8E

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 Line A Wire A Bidirectional Blue/White ring
2 Line B Wire B Bidirectional White/Blue ring
4-8 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-46


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-31: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_EM_24W6E

Pin Name Mode Function Direction Wire color


1 RA1 4W Channel 1, Rx, wire Output Blue/White ring
A
2W Channel 1, wire A Bidirectional
2 RB1 4W Channel 1, Rx, wire B Output White/blue ring
2W Channel 1, wire B Bidirectional
3 TA1 4W Channel 1, Tx, wire A Input Green/White ring
2W --- ---
4 TB1 4W Channel 1, Tx, wire B Input White/Green ring
2W --- ---
5 --- --- --- --- Brown/White ring
6 --- --- --- --- White/Brown ring
7 E1 Any Channel 1, E Output Orange/White ring
8 M1 Any Channel 1, M Input White/Orange ring

Table 8-32: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_CODIR_4E

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 RA Rx, wire A Input Blue/White ring

2 RB Rx, wire B Input White/Blue ring

3 TA Tx, wire A Output Green/White ring

4 TB Tx, wire B Output White/Green ring

8.24 ICP_V24 Connection Data


V.24 interfaces in the SM_V24E are always in DCE mode. One ICP_V24 can serve one SM_V24E module. The
SM_V24E module can work in the following three modes:
 Eight channels of transparent without controls mode (Connectors marked SYNC CH1 and SYNC CH2
are not connected.)
 Four channels of asynchronous with controls mode (Connectors marked SYNC CH1 and SYNC CH2 and
CH5 to CH8 are not connected.)
 Two channels of synchronous with controls mode (Connectors marked CH1 to CH8 are not
connected.)
Two types of connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_V24:
 25-pin D-type male connector for synchronous V.24 interfaces
 9-pin D-type male connector for transparent or asynchronous V.24 interfaces

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-47


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

The following figure identifies the 25-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and
a distribution frame.
Figure 8-17: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

Table 8-33: ICP_V24 synchronous V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 --- Not connected --- ---
2 SD (103) Transmit data Input Brown
3 RD (104) Receive data Output Brown/Gray-ring
4 RTS (105) Request to send Input Red
5 CTS (106) Clear to send Output Red/Gray-ring
6 DSR (107) Data set ready Output Orange
7 GND Signal ground --- Orange/Gray-ring
8 DCD (109) Data carrier detect Output Yellow
9 --- Not connected --- ---
10 --- Not connected --- ---
11 --- Not connected --- ---
12 --- Not connected --- ---
13 --- Not connected --- ---
14 --- Not connected --- ---
15 TC (114) Transmit timing --- Yellow/Gray-ring
16 --- Not connected --- ---
17 RC (115) Receive timing --- Green
18 --- Not connected --- ---
19 --- Not connected --- ---
20 DTR(108) Data terminal ready Input Green/Gray-ring
21 --- Not connected --- ---
22 --- Not connected --- ---
23 --- Not connected --- ---
24 TMC (113) DTE timing Input Blue
25 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-48


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

The following figure identifies the 9-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector in modes asynchronous with controls
and transparent without controls. These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.
Figure 8-18: 9-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

Table 8-34: ICP_V24 asynchronous V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 DCD (109) Data carrier detect Output Blue/White ring
2 SD (103) Transmit data Input White/Blue ring
3 RD (104) Receive data Output Orange/White ring
4 DTR (108) Data terminal ready Input White/Orange ring
5 GND Signal ground --- White/Green ring
6 DSR (107) Data set ready Output Green/White ring
7 CTS (106) Clear to send Output Brown/White ring
8 RTS (105) Request to send Input White/Brown ring
9 --- Not connected --- ---

Table 8-35: ICP_V24 transparent V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 --- Not connected --- ---
2 SD (103) Transmit data Input Brown
3 RD (104) Receive data Output Brown/Black
4 --- Not connected --- ---
5 GND Receive data --- Red
6 --- Not connected --- ---
7 --- Not connected --- ---
8 --- Not connected --- ---
9 --- Not connected --- ---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-49


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.25 ICP_V35 Connection Data


V.35 interfaces in the SM_V35E are always in DCE mode. One ICP_V35 can serve a single SM_V35E module.
Two M34 female connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_V35.
The following figure identifies the M34 female connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The
table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.
Figure 8-19: M34 female connector, pin identification

Table 8-36: ICP_V35 M34 female connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


A CGND (101) Case ground --- Brown
B GND (102) Signal ground --- Brown/Gray ring
C RTS (105) Request to send Input Red
D CTS (106) Clear to send Output Red/Gray ring
E DSR (107) Data set ready Output Orange
F DCD (109) Data carrier detect Output Orange/Gray ring
H DTR (108) Data terminal ready Input Yellow
P TD+ (103a) Transmit data + Input Green
S TD- (103b) Transmit data - Input Green/Gray ring
R RD+ (104a) Receive data + Output Blue
T RD- (104b) Receive data - Output Blue/Gray ring
U TMC+ (113a) Terminal clock + Input Violet
W TMC- (113b) Terminal clock - Input Violet/Gray ring
V RC+ (115a) Receive clock + Output White
X RC- (115b) Receive clock - Output White/Gray ring
Y TC+ (114a) Transmit clock + Output Pink
AA TC- (114b) Transmit clock - Output Pink/Gray ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-50


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.26 ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data


One ICP_V11_V24 can serve one SM_V35_V11 module. Two DB15 female connectors and two DB25 male
connectors make up two channels for external interfaces on the front panel of the ICP_V11_V24. Each
channel has one DB15 female connector and one DB25 male connector.
The following figure identifies the 15-pin D-type female connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI.
Figure 8-20: 15-pin D-type female connector, pin identification

Table 8-37: ICP_V11_V24 15-pin D-type connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CGND Case ground --- ---
2 T+ Transmit data+ Input Brown
3 C+ Request to send+ Input Orange
4 R+ Receive data+ Output White
5 I+ Clear to send+ Output Yellow
6 S+ Transmit timing+ Output Red
7 --- Not connected --- ---
8 Ground Signal GND --- Green
9 T- Transmit data- Input Brown/Gray Loop
10 C- Request to send- Input Orange/Gray Loop
11 R- Receive data- Output White/Gray Loop
12 I- Clear to send- Output Yellow/Gray Loop
13 S- Transmit timing- Output Red/Gray Loop
14 --- Not connected --- ---
15 --- Not connected --- ---

The following figure identifies the 25-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and
a distribution frame.
Figure 8-21: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-51


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-38: ICP_V11_V24 V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 --- Not connected --- ---
2 SD (103) Transmit data Input Brown
3 RD (104) Receive data Output Brown/Gray-ring
4 RTS (105) Request to send Input Red
5 CTS (106) Clear to send Output Red/Gray-ring
6 DSR (107) Data set ready Output Orange
7 GND Signal ground --- Orange/Gray-ring
8 DCD (109) Data carrier detect Output Yellow
9 --- Not connected --- ---
10 --- Not connected --- ---
11 --- Not connected --- ---
12 --- Not connected --- ---
13 --- Not connected --- ---
14 --- Not connected --- ---
15 TC (114) Transmit timing --- Yellow/Gray-ring
16 --- Not connected --- ---
17 RC (115) Receive timing --- Green
18 --- Not connected --- ---
19 --- Not connected --- ---
20 DTR (108) Data terminal ready Input Green/Gray-ring
21 --- Not connected --- ---
22 --- Not connected --- ---
23 --- Not connected --- ---
24 TMC (113) DTE timing Input Blue
25 --- Not connected --- ---

8.27 ICP_DB37D Connection Data


One ICP_DB37D can serve one SM_V35_V11 module. Two DB37 female connectors for external interfaces
are on the front panel of the ICP_DB37D. Connector pin-out is defined for the following six types of
interfaces:
 RS449
 RS422
 V.36
 V.35

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-52


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

 V.11/X.24
 Synchronous V.24
The following figure identifies the 37-pin D-type female connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and
a distribution frame.
Figure 8-22: 37-pin D-type female connector, pin identification

Table 8-39: ICP_DB37D 37 pin D-type connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CGND Case ground --- Black
2 --- Not connected --- ---
3 --- Not connected --- ---
4 TD+ (103a) Transmit data+ Output Black/White
5 TC+ (114a) Transmit timing+ Output Brown
6 RD+ (104a) Receive data+ Input Brown/White
7 RTS_O+ (105a) Request to send+ Input Red
8 RC+ (115a) Receive timing+ Input Red/White
9 CTS_O+ Clear to send+ Output Orange
10 --- Not connected --- ---
11 DSR (107) Data set ready Output Orange/White
12 DTR (108) Data terminal ready Input Yellow
13 DCD (109) Data carrier detect Output Yellow/Black
14 --- Not connected --- ---
15 --- Not connected --- ---
16 --- Not connected --- ---
17 TMC+ (113a) Terminal timing+ --- Green
18 --- Not connected --- ---
19 GND (102) Signal ground --- Green/White
20 --- Not connected --- ---
21 --- Not connected --- ---
22 TD- (103b) Transmit data- Output Blue
23 TC- (114b) Transmit timing- Output Blue/White
24 RD- (104b) Receive data- --- Purple
25 RTS_O- (105b) Request to send- Input Purple/White
26 RC- (115b) Receive timing- Input Gray

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-53


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


27 CTS- (106b) Clear to send- Output Gray/Black
28 --- Not connected --- ---
29 --- Not connected --- ---
30 --- Not connected --- ---
31 --- Not connected --- ---
32 --- Not connected --- ---
33 --- Not connected --- ---
34 --- Not connected --- ---
35 TMC- (113b) Terminal timing- Output White
36 --- Not connected --- ---
37 --- Not connected --- ---

Table 8-40: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-449 pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


4 TD+ (103a) Transmit data+ Output Black/White
6 RD+ (104a) Receive data+ Input Brown/White
19 GND (102) Signal ground --- Green/White
22 TD- (103b) Transmit data- Output Blue
24 RD- (104b) Receive data- --- Purple

Table 8-41: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-422 pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


4 TD+ (103a) Transmit data+ Output Black/White
6 RD+ (104a) Receive data+ Input Brown/White
19 GND (102) Signal ground --- Green/White
22 TD- (103b) Transmit data- Output Blue
24 RD- (104b) Receive data- --- Purple

Table 8-42: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.36 pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CGND Case ground --- Black
4 TD+ (103a) Transmit data+ Output Black/White
5 TC+ (114a) Transmit timing+ Output Brown
6 RD+ (104a) Receive data+ Input Brown/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-54


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


7 RTS_O+ (105a) Request to send+ Input Red
8 RC+ (115a) Receive timing+ Input Red/White
9 CTS_O+ Clear to send+ Output Orange
11 DSR (107) Data set ready Output Orange/White
12 DTR (108) Data terminal ready Input Yellow
13 DCD (109) Data carrier detect Output Yellow/Black
17 TMC+ (113a) Terminal timing+ --- Green
19 GND (102) Signal ground --- Green/White
22 TD- (103b) Transmit data- Output Blue
23 TC- (114b) Transmit timing- Output Blue/White
24 RD- (104b) Receive data- --- Purple
26 RC- (115b) Receive timing- Input Gray
35 TMC- (113b) Terminal timing- Output White

Table 8-43: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.35 pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CGND Case ground --- Black
4 TD+ (103a) Transmit data+ Output Black/White
5 TC+ (114a) Transmit timing+ Output Brown
6 RD+ (104a) Receive data+ Input Brown/White
7 RTS_O+ (105a) Request to send+ Input Red
8 RC+ (115a) Receive timing+ Input Red/White
9 CTS_O+ Clear to send+ Output Orange
11 DSR (107) Data set ready Output Orange/White
12 DTR (108) Data terminal ready Input Yellow
13 DCD (109) Data carrier detect Output Yellow/Black
17 TMC+ (113a) Terminal timing+ --- Green
19 GND (102) Signal ground --- Green/White
22 TD- (103b) Transmit data- Output Blue
23 TC- (114b) Transmit timing- Output Blue/White
24 RD- (104b) Receive data- --- Purple
26 RC- (115b) Receive timing- Input Gray
35 TMC- (113b) Terminal timing- Output White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-55


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-44: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.11/X.24 pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


1 CGND Case ground --- Black
4 TD+ (103a) Transmit data+ Output Black/White
5 TC+ (114a) Transmit timing+ Output Brown
6 RD+ (104a) Receive data+ Input Brown/White
7 RTS_O+ (105a) Request to send+ Input Red
9 CTS_O+ Clear to send+ Output Orange
19 GND (102) Signal ground --- Green/White
22 TD- (103b) Transmit data- Output Blue
23 TC- (114b) Transmit timing- Output Blue/White
24 RD- (104b) Receive data- --- Purple
25 RTS_O- (105b) Request to send- Input Purple/White
27 CTS- (106b) Clear to send- Output Gray/Black

Table 8-45: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, synchronous V.24 pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction Wire color


4 TD+ (103a) Transmit data+ Output Black/White
5 TC+ (114a) Transmit timing+ Output Brown
6 RD+ (104a) Receive data+ Input Brown/White
7 RTS_O+ (105a) Request to send+ Input Red
8 RC+ (115a) Receive timing+ Input Red/White
9 CTS_O+ Clear to send+ Output Orange
11 DSR (107) Data set ready Output Orange/White
12 DTR (108) Data terminal ready Input Yellow
13 DCD (109) Data carrier detect Output Yellow/Black
17 TMC+ (113a) Terminal timing+ --- Green
19 GND (102) Signal ground --- Green/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-56


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

8.28 RAP-4B Connectors


8.28.1 SHELF ALARM Connectors
The four ALARM connectors are 36-pin SCSI female connectors that can each be connected to the ALARMS
connector of an NPT-1200, XDM, BG, or 9600 series platform. The following figure identifies the connector
pins (as seen when looking into the connector).
Figure 8-23: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification

Table 8-46: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment

Pin Name Function Direction


1 N/C -- --
2 ALM_IP1 Alarm input 1, + wire Input
3 ALM_IN1 Alarm input 1, - wire Input
4 ALM_IP2 Alarm input 2, + wire Input
5 ALM_IN2 Alarm input 2, - wire Input
6 ALM_IP3 Alarm input 3, + wire Input
7 ALM_IN3 Alarm input 3, - wire Input
8 ALM_IP4 Alarm input 4, + wire Input
9 ALM_IN4 Alarm input 4, - wire Input
10 N/C -- --
11 N/C -- --
12 GND Ground --
13 ALM_O1 Alarm output 1 common Output
14 N/C -- --
15 GND Ground --
16 ALM_O2 Alarm output 2 common Output
17 N/C -- --
18 BUZ_COM Buzzer common Input
19 N/C -- --
20 GND Ground --
21 CRIT_COM Critical alarm common --
22 N/C -- --
23 MAJ_COM Major alarm common Input

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-57


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Pin Name Function Direction


24 GND Ground --
25 N/C -- --
26 GND Ground --
27 MIN_COM Minor alarm common Input
28 N/C -- --
29 WARN_COM Warning alarm common --
30 GND Ground --
31 N/C -- --
32 N/C -- --
33 N/C -- --
34 N/C -- --
35 GND Ground --
36 N/C -- --

8.28.2 ALARM IN/OUT Connector


The ALARM IN/OUT connector is a 68-pin SCSI female connector that carries three groups of lines to the
customer equipment:
 Sixteen external alarm inputs connected to the ALARM inputs of the NPT platforms. Four inputs are
allocated to each one. Each input is activated by closing a dry contact provided from the customer's
facility.
 Eight sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform ground, that serve as rack
(bay) status outputs. Each couple of the eight relays is assigned to the two output alarm lines of each
NPT platform connected to the RAP-4B.
 Four sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform ground, that serve as rack
(bay) alarm indication lines. The relays, identified as critical, major, minor, and warning, are activated
by the corresponding alarm relays of NPT platforms.
Relay contact ratings are 72 V in open state and 1A in closed state.
The following figure identifies the ALARM IN/OUT connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 8-24: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-58


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Table 8-47: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment

Assignment Pin Designation Function Direction Wire color

Platform 1 1 ALM_01NO Output relay 1, normally open contact Output Black

2 ALM_01COM Output relay 1, common contact Output Brown

3 ALM_01NC Output relay 1, normally closed contact Output Red

4 ALM_02NO Output relay 2, normally open contact Output Orange

5 ALM_02COM Output relay 2, common contact Output Yellow

6 ALM_02NC Output relay 2, normally closed contact Output Green

Platform 2 7 ALM_03NO Output relay 3, normally open contact Output Blue

8 ALM_03COM Output relay 3, common contact Output Violet

9 ALM_03NC Output relay 3, normally closed contact Output Gray

10 ALM_04NO Output relay 4, normally open contact Output White

11 ALM_04COM Output relay 4, common contact Output Pink

12 ALM_04NC Output relay 4, normally closed contact Output Light Green

Platform 3 13 ALM_05NO Output relay 5, normally open contact Output Black/White

14 ALM_05COM Output relay 5, common contact Output Brown/White

15 ALM_05NC Output relay 5, normally closed contact Output Red/White

16 ALM_06NO Output relay 6, normally open contact Output Orange/White

17 ALM_06COM Output relay 6, common contact Output Green/White

18 ALM_06NC Output relay 6, normally closed contact Output Blue/White

Platform 4 19 ALM_07NO Output relay 7, normally open contact Output Violet/White

20 ALM_07COM Output relay 7, common contact Output Red/Black

21 ALM_07NC Output relay 7, normally closed contact Output Orange/Black

22 ALM_08NO Output relay 8, normally open contact Output Yellow/Black

23 ALM_08COM Output relay 8, common contact Output Green/Black

24 ALM_08NC Output relay 8, normally closed contact Output Gray/Black

All platforms 25 CRIT_NC Critical alarm relay, normally closed contact Output Pink/Black

26 CRIT_NO Critical alarm relay, normally open contact Output Pink/Green

27 CRIT_COM Critical alarm relay, common contact Output Pink/Red

28 MAJ_NC Major alarm relay, normally closed contact Output Pink/Violet

29 MAJ_NO Major alarm relay, normally open contact Output Light Blue

30 MAJ_COM Major alarm relay, common contact Output Light Blue/Brown

31 MIN_NC Minor alarm relay, normally closed contact Output Light Blue/Red

32 MIN_NO Minor alarm relay, normally open contact Output Light Blue/Violet

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-59


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Assignment Pin Designation Function Direction Wire color

33 MIN_COM Minor alarm relay, common contact Output Light Blue/Black

34 WARN_COM Warning alarm relay, common contact Output Gray/Green

Platform 1 35 ALMIN1 External alarm input 1 Input Gray/Red

36 ALM_IN1 External alarm input 1 Input Gray/Violet

37 ALMIN2 External alarm input 2 Input Light Green/Black

38 ALM_IN2 External alarm input 2 Input Violet/Black

39 ALMIN3 External alarm input 3 Input Black/White dots

40 ALM_IN3 External alarm input 3 Input Brown/White dots

41 ALMIN4 External alarm input 4 Input Red/White dots

42 ALM_IN4 External alarm input 4 Input Orange/White dots

Platform 2 43 ALMIN5 External alarm input 5 Input Green/White dots

44 ALM_IN5 External alarm input 5 Input Blue/White dots

45 ALMIN6 External alarm input 6 Input Violet/White dots

46 ALM_IN6 External alarm input 6 Input White/Black dots

47 ALMIN7 External alarm input 7 Input Yellow/Black dots

48 ALM_IN7 External alarm input 7 Input Green/Black dots

49 ALMIN8 External alarm input 8 Input Light Blue/Black dots

50 ALM_IN8 External alarm input 8 Input Pink/Black dots

Platform 3 51 ALMIN9 External alarm input 9 Input Red/Black dots

52 ALM_IN9 External alarm input 9 Input Orange/Black dots

53 ALMIN10 External alarm input 10 Input Violet/Black dots

54 ALM_IN10 External alarm input 10 Input Gray/Black dots

55 ALMIN11 External alarm input 11 Input Orange/Red dots

56 ALM_IN11 External alarm input 11 Input Yellow/Red dot

57 ALMIN12 External alarm input 12 Input Green/Red dots

58 ALM_IN12 External alarm input 12 Input Blue/Red dots

Platform 4 59 ALMIN13 External alarm input 13 Input Violet/Red dots

60 ALM_IN13 External alarm input 13 Input Gray/Red dots

61 ALMIN14 External alarm input 14 Input White/Red dots

62 ALM_IN14 External alarm input 14 Input Pink/Red dots

63 ALMIN15 External alarm input 15 Input Yellow/White

64 ALM_IN15 External alarm input 15 Input Gray/White

65 ALMIN16 External alarm input 16 Input Pink/White

66 ALM_IN16 External alarm input 16 Input Brown/Black

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-60


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Connection Data

Assignment Pin Designation Function Direction Wire color

All platforms 67 WARN_NC Warning alarm relay, normally closed contact Output Blue/Black

68 WARN_NO Warning alarm relay, normally open contact Output Gray/White dots

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 8-61


9 Rack Installation

9.1 Installing Equipment Racks


NOTE: The instructions in this Appendix are relevant to the installation of all rack types.
However, it is recommended that NPT-1030 platforms be installed in ETSI A racks.

9.1.1 Marking Rack Floor


You need to mark out the rack floor plan before installing the rack.

Before you start:


Before starting, find the prescribed location of each equipment rack.
If you have not yet unpacked the rack and the associated mounting kits, do so now (see Unpacking and
Performing Visual Inspection ).

To mark out the rack floor plan:


1. For each rack, mark out the floor at the rack location(s) according to the floor plan template
corresponding to the type of rack being installed:
 ETSI A and ETSI B racks: Use template of diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI
racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors ).
 23” rack: Use template of diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19” and 23” racks"
(Rack Installation on Wooden Floors ).
 19” rack: Use template of diagram b. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19” and 23” racks"
(Rack Installation on Wooden Floors ).
The marked locations are a helpful guide for positioning the racks.
2. If the installation is located at a site with a floating (suspended) floor, also mark out all cable entry
slots.
3. For concrete or wooden floors, mark out all the points designated for equipment bolting.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 9-1


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Rack Installation

9.1.2 Installing the Rack on Concrete Floors

To install the rack on a concrete floor:


1. Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate template. See diagram a. in the
figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks", and diagram a. or b. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for
19” and 23” racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors ).
2. Insert expansion shields into the holes.
3. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
4. Secure the rack to the floor with the bolts supplied in the mounting kit, in accordance with diagram b.
or diagram c. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19” and 23” racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden
Floors ).

9.1.3 Installing the Rack on Wooden Floors

To install the rack on a wooden floor:


1. Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate template (see the following
figures), using a 5 mm drill bit.
2. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
3. Secure the rack to the floor using the appropriate wood screws (see the following figures).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 9-2


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Rack Installation

Figure 9-1: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 9-3


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Rack Installation

Figure 9-2: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks

9.1.4 Installing the Rack on Floating (Suspended) Floors

To install the rack on a floating (suspended) floor:


1. Drill the required mounting holes in the suspended floor, in accordance with the appropriate
template.
2. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
3. Secure the rack to the floor in accordance with diagram c. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI
racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors ).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 9-4


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Rack Installation

9.1.5 Installing the Rack on Suspended Overhead Trays

To install the rack on a suspended overhead tray:


1. See the following figure and position the overhead rack securing brackets.
2. Secure the rack to the overhead cabling trays, using the adjustable brackets. 2200 mm high racks may
also be attached to the ceiling; 2600 mm racks are generally attached only to the ceiling.
Figure 9-3: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead tray (2200 mm rack)

9.1.6 Installing Extendable Rails


In high-density installations, it may be necessary to install the xRAP above the rack using the extendable
installation rails available from ECI.
In this case, attach the extendable installation rails to the top of the rack before installing the equipment.

9.1.7 Grounding the Rack


Immediately after installing the rack, connect its grounding stud to the prescribed grounding point on the
site grounding bar.
Use a grounding lead that meets the requirements described in Rack Grounding Requirements.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 9-5


NPT-1030 Installation and Maintenance Manual Rack Installation

9.2 Installing 19" Racks


The NPT-1030 can also be installed in European 19” racks. This is accepted under the limitations that the
rack’s general dimensions are according to the following figure. Any other European 19” rack must first be
examined and approved by ECI.
Figure 9-4: Example of an approved European 19” rack

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 9-6

You might also like